# HG changeset patch # User IBBoard # Date 1229702271 0 # Node ID 1bb28f84d567957fbe2da60ed8b87317bd68103c Initial commit of WarFoundry code diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 App.ico Binary file App.ico has changed diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 App.png Binary file App.png has changed diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 AssemblyInfo.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/AssemblyInfo.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; + +// Information about this assembly is defined by the following +// attributes. +// +// change them to the information which is associated with the assembly +// you compile. + +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// The assembly version has following format : +// +// Major.Minor.Build.Revision +// +// You can specify all values by your own or you can build default build and revision +// numbers with the '*' character (the default): + +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] + +// The following attributes specify the key for the sign of your assembly. See the +// .NET Framework documentation for more information about signing. +// This is not required, if you don't want signing let these attributes like they're. +[assembly: AssemblyDelaySign(false)] +[assembly: AssemblyKeyFile("")] + + +[assembly: log4net.Config.XmlConfigurator(ConfigFileExtension="log4net",Watch=true)] \ No newline at end of file diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 Dialog.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/Dialog.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +// Dialog.cs created with MonoDevelop +// User: ibboard at 20:40 14/06/2008 +// +// To change standard headers go to Edit->Preferences->Coding->Standard Headers +// + +using System; + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry +{ + + + public partial class Dialog : Gtk.Dialog + { + + public Dialog() + { + this.Build(); + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 FrmChangeGameSystem.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/FrmChangeGameSystem.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +// FrmChangeGameSystem.cs +// +// Copyright (C) 2007 IBBoard +// +// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License version 2.1 of the License as published by the Free +// Software Foundation. +// +// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +// Lesser General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software +// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA +// +// + +using System; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects; +using Gtk; +using log4net; + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry +{ + public partial class FrmChangeGameSystem : Dialog + { + private ILog logger = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(FrmChangeGameSystem)); + //private AbstractNativeWarFoundryFactory factory; + private GameSystem selectedSystem; + + public FrmChangeGameSystem(Window parent) : base("Change Game System", parent, DialogFlags.Modal) + { + this.Build(); + lstGameSystems.Selection.Changed+= new EventHandler(OnSelectionChanged); + TreeViewColumn gameSystemColumn = new TreeViewColumn (); + gameSystemColumn.Title = "Game System"; + CellRendererText gameSystemCell = new CellRendererText (); + gameSystemColumn.PackStart (gameSystemCell, true); + lstGameSystems.AppendColumn(gameSystemColumn); + gameSystemColumn.SetCellDataFunc (gameSystemCell, new TreeCellDataFunc (RenderSystemName)); + ListStore store = new ListStore(typeof(GameSystem)); + + foreach (GameSystem system in WarFoundryLoader.GetDefault().GetGameSystems()) + { + store.AppendValues(system); + } + + lstGameSystems.Model = store; + } + + private void RenderSystemName(TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel model, TreeIter iter) + { + GameSystem system = (GameSystem) model.GetValue(iter, 0); + (cell as CellRendererText).Text = system.Name; + } + + protected virtual void OnGameSystemOkayClicked(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + logger.Debug("Okay clicked"); + SetReturnValue(); + Respond(ResponseType.Ok); + } + + private void SetReturnValue() + { + TreeModel model; + TreeIter iter; + lstGameSystems.Selection.GetSelected (out model, out iter); + selectedSystem = (GameSystem) model.GetValue(iter, 0); + } + + protected virtual void OnSelectionChanged(object o, EventArgs e) + { + logger.Debug("Selection changed"); + buttonOk.Sensitive = (lstGameSystems.Selection.CountSelectedRows() > 0); + } + + protected virtual void OnCancel (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + logger.Debug("Cancel clicked"); + Respond(ResponseType.Cancel); + } + + protected virtual void lstGameSystemsRowActivated (object o, Gtk.RowActivatedArgs args) + { + logger.Debug("List row double-clicked"); + SetReturnValue(); + Respond(ResponseType.Ok); + } + + public GameSystem SelectedSystem + { + get { return selectedSystem; } + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 FrmMainWindow.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/FrmMainWindow.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,925 @@ +// FrmMainWindow.cs +// +// Copyright (C) 2007 IBBoard +// +// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License version 2.1 of the License as published by the Free +// Software Foundation. +// +// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +// Lesser General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software +// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA +// +// + +using System; +using System.IO; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Configuration; +using Gtk; +using IBBoard; +using IBBoard.Commands; +using IBBoard.IO; +using IBBoard.Lang; +using IBBoard.Logging; +using IBBoard.CustomMath; +using IBBoard.Log4Net; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Factories; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Factories.Xml; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Commands; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Savers; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Requirements; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.Plugin.Rollcall; +using IBBoard.Xml; +using log4net; + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry +{ + public partial class FrmMainWindow: Gtk.Window + { + private static readonly string AppTitle = "WarFoundry"; + private const int CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX = 6; + + private Preferences preferences; + private ILog logger = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(FrmMainWindow)); + + private CommandStack commandStack; + private Type factoryType = typeof(WarFoundryXmlFactory); + private Dictionary categoryMap = new Dictionary(); + private Dictionary unitToWidgetMap = new Dictionary(); + + private ObjectAddDelegate UnitAddedMethod; + private ObjectRemoveDelegate UnitRemovedMethod; + private DoubleValChangedDelegate PointsValueChangedMethod; + private FailedUnitRequirementDelegate FailedUnitRequirementMethod; + private StringValChangedDelegate UnitNameChangedMethod; + + private GameSystem system; + private string loadedArmyPath; + + private MenuToolButton undoMenuButton, redoMenuButton; + + public static void Main (string[] args) + { + try + { + Application.Init(); + FrmMainWindow win = new FrmMainWindow(args); + win.Show(); + Application.Run(); + LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(FrmMainWindow)).Debug("Application ended"); + } + catch(Exception ex) + { + LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(FrmMainWindow)).Fatal(ex.Message + Environment.NewLine + ex.StackTrace); + } + } + + public FrmMainWindow() : this(new string[0]) + { + //Do nothing extra + } + + public FrmMainWindow (string[] args): base (Gtk.WindowType.Toplevel) + { + logger.Info("Opening FrmMainWindow"); + LogNotifierHandler.RegisterNotifierHandler(); + Build (); + //Replace the undo/redo buttons with menu versions, which Monodevelop's GUI editor doesn't currently support + redoMenuButton = new MenuToolButton("gtk-redo"); + redoMenuButton.Label = "Redo"; + redoMenuButton.SetTooltip(new Tooltips(), "Redo", ""); + redoMenuButton.Clicked+= redoTBButtonActivated; + toolbar.Insert(redoMenuButton, CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX); + undoMenuButton = new MenuToolButton("gtk-undo"); + undoMenuButton.Label = "Undo"; + undoMenuButton.SetTooltip(new Tooltips(), "Undo", ""); + undoMenuButton.Clicked+= undoTBButtonActivated; + toolbar.Insert(undoMenuButton, CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX); + toolbar.Remove(toolbar.Children[CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX-1]); + toolbar.Remove(toolbar.Children[CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX-2]); + toolbar.ShowAll(); + + Title = AppTitle; + TreeViewColumn mainColumn = new TreeViewColumn (); + mainColumn.Title = "Army Categories"; + CellRendererText mainCell = new CellRendererText (); + mainColumn.PackStart (mainCell, true); + treeUnits.AppendColumn(mainColumn); + mainColumn.SetCellDataFunc(mainCell, new TreeCellDataFunc(RenderCategoryTreeObjectName)); + treeUnits.Model = new TreeStore(typeof(WarFoundryObject)); + logger.Debug("Loading preferences"); + Preferences = new Preferences("WarFoundryGTK"); + logger.Debug("Loading translations"); + Translation.InitialiseTranslations(Constants.ExecutablePath, Preferences["language"].ToString()); + logger.Debug("Initialising"); + commandStack = new CommandStack(); + commandStack.CommandStackUpdated+=new MethodInvoker(commandStack_CommandStackUpdated); + WarFoundryCore.GameSystemChanged+= new GameSystemChangedDelegate(OnGameSystemChanged); + WarFoundryCore.ArmyChanged+= new ArmyChangedDelegate(OnArmyChanged); + Destroyed+= new EventHandler(OnWindowDestroyed); + //TODO: Translate and subscribe to other events + UnitAddedMethod = new ObjectAddDelegate(OnUnitAdded); + UnitRemovedMethod = new ObjectRemoveDelegate(OnUnitRemoved); + PointsValueChangedMethod = new DoubleValChangedDelegate(OnPointsValueChanged); + FailedUnitRequirementMethod = new FailedUnitRequirementDelegate(OnFailedUnitRequirement); + UnitNameChangedMethod = new StringValChangedDelegate(OnUnitNameChanged); + logger.Debug("Initialising complete - trying to load default army or system"); + + //FIXME: Temporary hack to add paths and factories + WarFoundryLoader.GetDefault().AddLoadDirectory(new DirectoryInfo(Constants.ExecutablePath + Constants.DirectoryString + "data")); + IWarFoundryFactory factory = WarFoundryFactoryFactory.GetFactoryFactory().GetFactory(typeof(WarFoundryXmlFactory)); + + if (factory!=null && factory is WarFoundryXmlFactory) + { + WarFoundryLoader.GetDefault().RegisterFactory((WarFoundryXmlFactory)factory); + } + + factory = WarFoundryFactoryFactory.GetFactoryFactory().GetFactory(typeof(RollcallFactory)); + + if (factory!=null && factory is RollcallFactory) + { + WarFoundryLoader.GetDefault().RegisterNonNativeFactory((INonNativeWarFoundryFactory)factory); + } + + if (args.Length == 1) + { + logger.Debug("Attempting to load from file"); + FileInfo file = new FileInfo(args[0]); + + try + { + //TODO: Try to load files + /*if (file.Extension.Equals("."+Factory.GetArmyFileExtension())) + { + WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy = Factory.CreateArmyFromFile(file); + logger.InfoFormat("Loaded army from {0}", file.FullName); + } + else if (file.Extension.Equals("."+Factory.GetSystemFileExtension())) + { + WarFoundryCore.CurrentGameSystem = Factory.CreateGameSystemFromFile(file); + logger.InfoFormat("Loaded game system from {0}", file.FullName); + }*/ + } + catch (InvalidFileException ex) + { + //TODO: show error dialog + logger.Error(ex); + } + } + else + { + string gameSystemID = Preferences.GetStringProperty("currSystem"); + + if (gameSystemID!=null && !"".Equals(gameSystemID)) + { + logger.Debug("Attempting to load current game system from properties"); + GameSystem sys = WarFoundryLoader.GetDefault().GetGameSystem(gameSystemID); + + if (sys!=null) + { + WarFoundryCore.CurrentGameSystem = sys; + logger.InfoFormat("Loaded game system {0} from properties", gameSystemID); + } + } + } + } + + private void RenderCategoryTreeObjectName(TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel model, TreeIter iter) + { + object o = model.GetValue(iter, 0); + + if (o is ArmyCategory) + { + ArmyCategory c = (ArmyCategory)o; + string name = ""; + + if (Preferences.GetBooleanProperty("ShowCatPercentage")) + { + name = Translation.GetTranslation("categoryTreeCatName", "{0} - {1}pts", c.Name, c.PointsTotal); + } + else + { + name = Translation.GetTranslation("categoryTreeCatNamePercentage", "{0} - {1}pts ({2}%)", c.Name, c.PointsTotal, (c.ParentArmy.PointsTotal > 0 ? Math.Round((c.PointsTotal / c.ParentArmy.PointsTotal) * 100) : 0)); + } + + (cell as CellRendererText).Text = name; + } + else if (o is IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit) + { + IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit u = (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)o; + string name = Translation.GetTranslation("categoryTreeCatName", "{0} - {1}pts", u.Name, u.PointsValue); + (cell as CellRendererText).Text = name; + } + } + + private void OnWindowDestroyed(object source, EventArgs args) + { + logger.Info("Exiting"); + Application.Quit(); + } + + private void OnUnitNameChanged(WarFoundryObject val, string oldValue, string newValue) + { + IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit = (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)val; + UnitDisplayWidget widget; + unitToWidgetMap.TryGetValue(unit, out widget); + + if (widget!=null) + { + unitsNotebook.SetTabLabelText(widget, newValue); + } + } + + private void OnUnitAdded(WarFoundryObject val) + { + IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit = (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)val; + unit.NameChanged+= UnitNameChangedMethod; + AddUnitToTree(unit); + } + + private void AddUnitToTree(IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit) + { + TreeStore model = (TreeStore)treeUnits.Model; + TreeIter iter; + model.GetIterFirst(out iter); + + do + { + object obj = model.GetValue(iter, 0); + + if (obj is ArmyCategory) + { + ArmyCategory cat = (ArmyCategory)obj; + + if (cat.Equals(unit.Category)) + { + model.AppendValues(iter, unit); + TreePath path = model.GetPath(iter); + treeUnits.ExpandToPath(path); + } + } + } + while (model.IterNext(ref iter)); + } + + private void OnUnitRemoved(WarFoundryObject obj) + { + IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit = (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)obj; + unit.NameChanged-= UnitNameChangedMethod; + RemoveUnitFromTree(unit); + + //See if unit has a tab open and close it if it does + } + + private void RemoveUnitFromTree(IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit) + { + TreeStore model = (TreeStore)treeUnits.Model; + TreeIter iter; + model.GetIterFirst(out iter); + bool removed = false; + + do + { + object obj = model.GetValue(iter, 0); + + if (obj is ArmyCategory) + { + ArmyCategory cat = (ArmyCategory)obj; + + if (unit.Category == null || cat.Equals(unit.Category)) + { + TreeIter innerIter; + model.IterChildren(out innerIter, iter); + + do + { + object innerObj = model.GetValue(innerIter, 0); + + if (unit.Equals(innerObj)) + { + model.Remove(ref innerIter); + removed = true; + break; + } + } + while (model.IterNext(ref innerIter)); + + if (removed) + { + break; + } + } + } + } + while (model.IterNext(ref iter)); + } + + private void OnPointsValueChanged(WarFoundryObject obj, double before, double after) + { + //Set points in panel + } + + private void OnFailedUnitRequirement(List failedRequirement) + { + //Show error message in panel + } + + public Preferences Preferences + { + get { return preferences; } + set { preferences = value; } + } + + /*public AbstractNativeWarFoundryFactory Factory + { + get { return WarFoundryFactoryFactory.GetFactoryFactory().GetFactory(Constants.ExecutablePath, factoryType); } + }*/ + + protected void OnDeleteEvent (object sender, DeleteEventArgs a) + { + Application.Quit (); + a.RetVal = true; + } + + protected virtual void OnExitActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + Application.Quit(); + } + + protected virtual void OnChangeGameSystemActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + ChangeCurrentGameSystem(); + } + + protected virtual void OnCreateArmyActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + CreateNewArmy(); + } + + protected virtual void OnReloadFilesActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + } + + protected virtual void OnSaveArmyAsActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + SaveCurrentArmyAs(); + } + + protected virtual void OnCloseArmyActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + CloseCurrentArmy(); + } + + protected virtual void OnOpenArmyActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + OpenArmy(); + } + + protected virtual void OnSaveArmyActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + SaveCurrentArmy(); + } + + protected virtual void OnAddUnitActivated(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + if (sender is ToolButton) + { + Category cat = null; + categoryMap.TryGetValue((ToolButton)sender, out cat); + + if (cat!=null) + { + logger.DebugFormat("Show FrmNewUnit for {0}", cat.Name); + FrmNewUnit newUnit = new FrmNewUnit(WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy.Race, cat, WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy); + ResponseType response = (ResponseType)newUnit.Run(); + newUnit.Hide(); + + if (response==ResponseType.Ok) + { + CreateAndAddUnitCommand cmd = new CreateAndAddUnitCommand(newUnit.SelectedUnit, cat, WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy); + commandStack.Execute(cmd); + } + + newUnit.Dispose(); + } + } + } + + public CommandStack CommandStack + { + get { return commandStack; } + } + + private void SetAppTitle() + { + if (WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy!=null) + { + Title = AppTitle + " - " + WarFoundryCore.CurrentGameSystem.Name + " - " + WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy.Name; + } + else if (WarFoundryCore.CurrentGameSystem!=null) + { + Title = AppTitle + " - " + WarFoundryCore.CurrentGameSystem.Name; + } + else + { + Title = AppTitle; + } + } + + private void OnGameSystemChanged(GameSystem oldSys, GameSystem newSys) + { + system = newSys; + SetAppTitle(); + miCreateArmy.Sensitive = system!=null; + newArmyButton.Sensitive = system!=null; + RemoveCategoryButtons(); + + if (system!=null) + { + AddCategoryButtons(system.Categories); + } + } + + private void OnArmyChanged(Army oldArmy, Army newArmy) + { + loadedArmyPath = null; + SetAppTitle(); + SetArmyTree(newArmy); + + if (oldArmy!=null) + { + oldArmy.UnitAdded-= UnitAddedMethod; + oldArmy.UnitRemoved-= UnitRemovedMethod; + oldArmy.PointsValueChanged-= PointsValueChangedMethod; + oldArmy.FailedRequirement-=FailedUnitRequirementMethod; + } + + unitToWidgetMap.Clear(); + + while (unitsNotebook.NPages > 0) + { + unitsNotebook.RemovePage(0); + } + + if (newArmy==null) + { + DisableCategoryButtons(); + } + else + { + newArmy.UnitAdded+= UnitAddedMethod; + newArmy.UnitRemoved+= UnitRemovedMethod; + newArmy.PointsValueChanged+= PointsValueChangedMethod; + newArmy.FailedRequirement+=FailedUnitRequirementMethod; + //TODO: Clear all buttons + EnableCategoryButtons(); + + if (newArmy.Race.HasCategoryOverrides()) + { + RemoveCategoryButtons(); + AddCategoryButtons(newArmy.Race.Categories); + } + } + + miCloseArmy.Sensitive = newArmy!=null; + miSaveArmyAs.Sensitive = newArmy!=null; + //New army has no changes, so we can't save it + miSaveArmy.Sensitive = false; + saveArmyButton.Sensitive = false; + + CommandStack.Reset(); + SetPointsPanelText(); + } + + private void SetArmyTree(Army army) + { + logger.Debug("Resetting tree"); + TreeStore store = (TreeStore)treeUnits.Model; + store.Clear(); + TreeIter iter; + + if (army!=null) + { + logger.Debug("Loading in categories to tree"); + + foreach (ArmyCategory cat in army.Categories) + { + logger.DebugFormat("Append category {0}", cat.Name); + iter = store.AppendValues(cat); + + foreach (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit in cat.GetUnits()) + { + store.AppendValues(iter, unit); + } + } + + logger.Debug("Finished loading tree categories"); + } + } + + private void DisableCategoryButtons() + { + SetCategoryButtonsSensitive(false); + } + + private void EnableCategoryButtons() + { + SetCategoryButtonsSensitive(true); + } + + private void SetCategoryButtonsSensitive(bool state) + { + int toolbarButtonCount = toolbar.Children.Length - 1; + logger.Debug("Last button index: "+toolbarButtonCount); + + for (int i = toolbarButtonCount; i > CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX; i--) + { + logger.DebugFormat("Setting button {0} state to {1}", i, state); + toolbar.Children[i].Sensitive = state; + } + } + + private void RemoveCategoryButtons() + { + int toolbarButtonCount = toolbar.Children.Length - 1; + + for (int i = toolbarButtonCount; i > CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX; i--) + { + toolbar.Remove(toolbar.Children[i]); + } + + categoryMap.Clear(); + } + + private void AddCategoryButtons(Category[] cats) + { + if (cats!=null && cats.Length > 0) + { + logger.DebugFormat("Toolbar button count: {0}. Adding {1} categories.", toolbar.Children.Length, cats.Length); + + foreach (Category cat in cats) + { + ToolButton button = new ToolButton("gtk-add"); + button.Label = cat.Name; + button.SetTooltip(new Tooltips(), "Add unit from "+cat.Name, ""); + //TODO: See if we can associate data in some way, the same as we can with SWF. For now we just use the map. + categoryMap.Add(button, cat); + button.Clicked+= new System.EventHandler(OnAddUnitActivated); + toolbar.Insert(button, -1); + } + } + + toolbar.Children[CATEGORY_BUTTON_SEPARATOR_INDEX].Visible = cats!=null && cats.Length>0; + + toolbar.ShowAll(); + } + + private void SetPointsPanelText() + { + //TODO: Set the points value in the status bar + } + + private void commandStack_CommandStackUpdated() + { + undoMenuButton.Sensitive = commandStack.CanUndo(); + miUndo.Sensitive = undoMenuButton.Sensitive; + redoMenuButton.Sensitive = commandStack.CanRedo(); + miRedo.Sensitive = redoMenuButton.Sensitive; + int redoLength = commandStack.RedoLength; + //TODO: Build menus for undo/redo and find way of adding tooltips + /*int maxRedo = Math.Min(10, redoLength); + MenuItem[] menuItems = null; + + if (redoLength > 0) + { + menuItems = new MenuItem[maxRedo]; + Command com; + MenuItem mi; + + for (int i = 0; i < maxRedo; i++) + { + com = commandStack.PeekRedoCommand(i+1); + + if (com == null) + { + break; + } + + mi = new MenuItem(com.Description); + mi.Click+=new EventHandler(redoMenu_Click); + menuItems[i] = mi; + } + } + + redoMenu.MenuItems.Clear(); + + if (menuItems!=null && menuItems[0]!=null) + { + bttnRedo.ToolTipText = menuItems[0].Text; + redoMenu.MenuItems.AddRange(menuItems); + }*/ + //TODO: Put above code back when we have a dropdown version of the redo button + if (redoLength > 0) + { + //redoMenuButton.Tooltip = CommandStack.PeekRedoCommand().Description; + } + + int undoLength = commandStack.UndoLength; + /*int maxUndo = Math.Min(10, undoLength); + MenuItem[] menuItemsUndo = null; + + if (undoLength > 0) + { + menuItemsUndo = new MenuItem[maxUndo]; + Command com; + MenuItem mi; + + for (int i = 0; i < maxUndo; i++) + { + com = commandStack.PeekUndoCommand(i+1); + + if (com == null) + { + break; + } + + mi = new MenuItem(com.UndoDescription); + mi.Click+=new EventHandler(undoMenu_Click); + menuItemsUndo[i] = mi; + } + } + + undoMenu.MenuItems.Clear(); + + if (menuItemsUndo!=null && menuItemsUndo[0]!=null) + { + bttnUndo.ToolTipText = menuItemsUndo[0].Text; + undoMenu.MenuItems.AddRange(menuItemsUndo); + }*/ + //TODO: Put above code back when we have a dropdown version of the undo button + if (undoLength > 0) + { + //undoMenuButton.Tooltip = CommandStack.PeekUndoCommand().UndoDescription; + } + + saveArmyButton.Sensitive = commandStack.IsDirty() && WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy!=null && CanSave(); + miSaveArmy.Sensitive = commandStack.IsDirty() && WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy!=null && CanSave(); + } + + private bool CanSave() + { + return loadedArmyPath!=null && WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy!=null && WarFoundrySaver.GetSaver()!=null; + } + + private bool SaveCurrentArmyOrSaveAs() + { + if (CanSave()) + { + return SaveCurrentArmy(); + } + else + { + return SaveCurrentArmyAs(); + } + } + + private bool OpenArmy() + { + //TODO: Open dialog for file selection then open army + bool success = false; + loadedArmyPath = null;//TODO: Set loaded file path + return success; + } + + private bool SaveCurrentArmy() + { + bool success = false; + + if (CanSave()) + { + try + { + if (WarFoundrySaver.GetSaver().Save(WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy, loadedArmyPath)) + { + saveArmyButton.Sensitive = false; + miSaveArmy.Sensitive = false; + CommandStack.setCleanMark(); + success = true; + } + } + catch (IOException ex) + { + logger.Error("Saving army failed", ex); + MessageDialog md = new MessageDialog(this, DialogFlags.Modal, MessageType.Error, ButtonsType.Ok, "An error occured while saving the army. Please check the logs for details on what failed"); + md.Show(); + } + } + + return success; + } + + private bool SaveCurrentArmyAs() + { + /*if (saveArmyDialog.Filter == "") + { + string savePath = UserDataPath+Constants.DirectoryString+"armies"+Constants.DirectoryString; + + if (!Directory.Exists(savePath)) + { + Directory.CreateDirectory(savePath); + } + + saveArmyDialog.InitialDirectory = savePath; + saveArmyDialog.Filter = Translation.GetTranslation("armyFileFilter")+"|*.army"; + saveArmyDialog.Title = Translation.GetTranslation("saveArmyDialog"); + } + + DialogResult dr = saveArmyDialog.ShowDialog(this); + + if (dr == DialogResult.OK) + { + if (WarFoundrySaver.GetSaver().Save(WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy, saveArmyDialog.FileName)) + { + miSaveArmy.Enabled = false; + bttnSaveArmy.Enabled = false; + CommandStack.setCleanMark(); + loadedArmyPath = saveArmyDialog.FileName; + return true; + } + else + { + MessageBox.Show(this, Translation.GetTranslation("SaveFailed"), Translation.GetTranslation("SaveFailedTitle"), MessageBoxButtons.OK, MessageBoxIcon.Error); + return false; + } + } + else + { + return false; + }*/ + return false; + } + + private bool CloseCurrentArmy() + { + if (WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy!=null) + { + bool canClose = false; + + if (CommandStack.IsDirty()) + { + MessageDialog dia = new MessageDialog(this, DialogFlags.DestroyWithParent, MessageType.Question, ButtonsType.YesNo | ButtonsType.Cancel, "The army \""+WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy.Name+"\" has been modified.\r\nSave changes before closing army?"); + ResponseType dr = (ResponseType)dia.Run(); + + if (dr == ResponseType.Yes) + { + //They want to save so try to save it or prompt for save as + //If they cancel the save as then assume they don't want to close + canClose = SaveCurrentArmyOrSaveAs(); + } + else if (dr == ResponseType.No) + { + //They don't care about their changes + canClose = true; + } + else + { + //Assume cancel or close with the X button + canClose = false; + } + + dia.Dispose(); + } + else + { + //Nothing has changed so we can safely close + canClose = true; + } + + if (canClose) + { + //do close + WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy = null; + return true; + } + else + { + return false; + } + } + else + { + //pretend we succeeded + return true; + } + } + + private void CreateNewArmy() + { + logger.Debug("Create new army"); + FrmNewArmy newArmy = new FrmNewArmy(WarFoundryCore.CurrentGameSystem); + ResponseType type = (ResponseType)newArmy.Run(); + newArmy.Hide(); + + if (type == ResponseType.Ok) + { + if (CloseCurrentArmy()) + { + WarFoundryCore.CurrentArmy = new Army(newArmy.SelectedRace, newArmy.ArmyName, newArmy.ArmySize); + } + } + else + { + logger.Debug("Create new army cancelled"); + } + + newArmy.Destroy(); + } + + private void ChangeCurrentGameSystem() + { + logger.Debug("Changing game system"); + FrmChangeGameSystem dialog = new FrmChangeGameSystem(this); + ResponseType type = (ResponseType)dialog.Run(); + dialog.Hide(); + + if (type == ResponseType.Ok) + { + WarFoundryCore.CurrentGameSystem = dialog.SelectedSystem; + } + else + { + logger.Debug("Game system change cancelled"); + } + + dialog.Destroy(); + } + + protected virtual void undoTBButtonActivated (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + CommandStack.Undo(); + } + + protected virtual void redoTBButtonActivated (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + CommandStack.Redo(); + } + + protected virtual void saveTBButtonActivated (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + SaveCurrentArmy(); + } + + protected virtual void openTBButtonActivated (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + OpenArmy(); + } + + protected virtual void newTBButtonActivated (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + CreateNewArmy(); + } + + protected virtual void ArmyRowActivated (object o, Gtk.RowActivatedArgs args) + { + TreeModel model = treeUnits.Model; + TreeIter iter; + model.GetIter(out iter, args.Path); + object obj = model.GetValue(iter, 0); + + if (obj is IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit) + { + IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit = (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)obj; + + UnitDisplayWidget widget; + unitToWidgetMap.TryGetValue(unit, out widget); + + if (widget!=null) + { + logger.DebugFormat("Selecting existing page for "+unit.Name); + unitsNotebook.Page = unitsNotebook.PageNum(widget); + } + else + { + widget = new UnitDisplayWidget(unit, CommandStack); + Label label = new Label(unit.Name); + logger.Debug("Adding page for "+unit.Name); + unitToWidgetMap[unit] = widget; + int pageNum = unitsNotebook.AppendPage(widget, label); + logger.Debug("Page added at index "+pageNum); + unitsNotebook.ShowAll(); + unitsNotebook.Page = pageNum; + } + } + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 FrmNewArmy.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/FrmNewArmy.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +// FrmNewArmy.cs +// +// Copyright (C) 2007 IBBoard +// +// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License version 2.1 of the License as published by the Free +// Software Foundation. +// +// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +// Lesser General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software +// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA +// +// + +using System; +using Gtk; +using IBBoard.Lang; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects; +using log4net; + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry +{ + public partial class FrmNewArmy : Dialog, ITranslatable + { + private ILog logger = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(FrmNewArmy)); + private GameSystem system; + private Race race; + private string armyName; + private int pointsValue; + + public FrmNewArmy(GameSystem gameSystem) + { + this.Build(); + + system = gameSystem; + lstRaces.Selection.Changed+= new EventHandler(OnSelectionChanged); + TreeViewColumn raceColumn = new TreeViewColumn (); + raceColumn.Title = "Race"; + CellRendererText raceCell = new CellRendererText (); + raceColumn.PackStart (raceCell, true); + lstRaces.AppendColumn(raceColumn); + raceColumn.SetCellDataFunc(raceCell, new TreeCellDataFunc(RenderRaceName)); + ListStore store = new ListStore(typeof(Race)); + + foreach (Race r in WarFoundryLoader.GetDefault().GetRaces(system)) + { + store.AppendValues(r); + } + + lstRaces.Model = store; + } + + public string Text + { + get { return Title; } + set { Title = value; } + } + + private void RenderRaceName(TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel model, TreeIter iter) + { + Race r = (Race)model.GetValue(iter, 0); + (cell as CellRendererText).Text = r.Name; + } + + protected virtual void OnSelectionChanged(object o, EventArgs e) + { + logger.Debug("Selection changed"); + setOkayButtonState(); + } + + private void setOkayButtonState() + { + bttnCreate.Sensitive = (lstRaces.Selection.CountSelectedRows() > 0 && txtArmyName.Text!="" && sbPointsValue.Value > 0); + } + + protected virtual void OnCreateClicked (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + TreeModel model; + TreeIter iter; + lstRaces.Selection.GetSelected (out model, out iter); + race = (Race) model.GetValue(iter, 0); + armyName = txtArmyName.Text; + pointsValue = (int)sbPointsValue.Value; + Respond(ResponseType.Ok); + } + + protected virtual void OnCancelClicked (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + Respond(ResponseType.Cancel); + } + + protected virtual void OnTextChanged (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + setOkayButtonState(); + } + + protected virtual void OnSpinChangeValue (object o, Gtk.ChangeValueArgs args) + { + setOkayButtonState(); + } + + protected virtual void OnSpinValueChanged (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + setOkayButtonState(); + } + + public Race SelectedRace + { + get { return race; } + } + + public string ArmyName + { + get { return armyName; } + } + + public int ArmySize + { + get { return pointsValue; } + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 FrmNewUnit.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/FrmNewUnit.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +// FrmNewUnit.cs +// +// Copyright (C) 2007 IBBoard +// +// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License version 2.1 of the License as published by the Free +// Software Foundation. +// +// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +// Lesser General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software +// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA +// +// + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Requirements; +using Gtk; +using log4net; + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry +{ + public partial class FrmNewUnit : Gtk.Dialog + { + private ILog logger = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(FrmNewUnit)); + + private UnitType unitType; + private Army unitArmy; + + public FrmNewUnit(Race race, Category cat, Army army) + { + this.Build(); + unitArmy = army; + + TreeViewColumn unitTypeColumn = new TreeViewColumn (); + unitTypeColumn.Title = "Unit Type"; + CellRendererText unitTypeCell = new CellRendererText (); + unitTypeColumn.PackStart(unitTypeCell, true); + lstUnitTypes.AppendColumn(unitTypeColumn); + unitTypeColumn.SetCellDataFunc (unitTypeCell, new TreeCellDataFunc(RenderUnitTypeName)); + ListStore store = new ListStore(typeof(UnitType)); + UnitType[] types = race.GetUnitTypes(cat); + logger.DebugFormat("Listing {0} unit types in {1}", types.Length, cat.Name); + + foreach (UnitType type in types) + { + logger.DebugFormat("Adding unit type {0}", type.Name); + store.AppendValues(type); + } + + lstUnitTypes.Model = store; + lstUnitTypes.Selection.Changed+= new EventHandler(OnSelectionChanged); + } + + private void RenderUnitTypeName(TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel model, TreeIter iter) + { + UnitType type = (UnitType)model.GetValue(iter, 0); + (cell as CellRendererText).Text = type.Name; + } + + protected virtual void OnSelectionChanged(object o, EventArgs e) + { + SetSelectUnitEnabledVal(); + } + + public UnitType SelectedUnit + { + get { return unitType; } + } + + private UnitType GetSelectedUnitType() + { + TreeModel model; + TreeIter iter; + lstUnitTypes.Selection.GetSelected (out model, out iter); + UnitType toReturn = null; + + if (model!=null) + { + toReturn = (UnitType) model.GetValue(iter, 0); + } + + return toReturn; + } + + private void SetSelectUnitEnabledVal() + { + UnitType type = GetSelectedUnitType(); + + if (type!=null) + { + buttonOk.Sensitive = true; + List fails = unitArmy.CanAddUnitType(type); + lblNewUnitWarning.Visible = (fails != null); + + if (fails.Count > 0) + { + //FIXME: currently only show the first error + lblNewUnitWarning.Text = fails[0].Description; + } + } + else + { + buttonOk.Sensitive = false; + lblNewUnitWarning.Visible = false; + } + } + + protected virtual void OnButtonCancelActivated (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + Respond(ResponseType.Cancel); + } + + protected virtual void OnRowActivated (object o, Gtk.RowActivatedArgs args) + { + unitType = GetSelectedUnitType(); + Respond(ResponseType.Ok); + } + + protected virtual void OnButtonOkClicked (object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + unitType = GetSelectedUnitType(); + Respond(ResponseType.Ok); + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 WarFoundry GTK# GUI.pidb Binary file WarFoundry GTK# GUI.pidb has changed diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 WarFoundryGUI.exe.log4net --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/WarFoundryGUI.exe.log4net Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 WarFoundryGUI.mdp --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/WarFoundryGUI.mdp Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets.UnitDisplayWidget + + + \ No newline at end of file diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 Widgets/UnitDisplayWidget.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/Widgets/UnitDisplayWidget.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +// UnitDisplayWidget.cs +// +// Copyright (C) 2008 IBBoard +// +// This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +// modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License version 2.1 of the License as published by the Free +// Software Foundation. +// +// This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +// Lesser General Public License for more details. +// +// You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public +// License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software +// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA +// +// + +using System; +using Gtk; +using IBBoard.Commands; +using IBBoard.Lang; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects; +using IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Commands; + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets +{ + public partial class UnitDisplayWidget : Gtk.Bin + { + private IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit unit; + private CommandStack stack; + + public UnitDisplayWidget(IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit sourceUnit, CommandStack commandStack) + { + this.Build(); + stack = commandStack; + unit = sourceUnit; + unitName.Text = unit.Name; + unitSize.Value = unit.Size; + double max = unit.UnitType.MaxSize; + + if (max == -1) + { + max = double.MaxValue; + } + + unitSize.SetRange(unit.UnitType.MinSize, max); + unit.NameChanged+= new StringValChangedDelegate(UnitNameChanged); + unit.UnitSizeChanged+= new IntValChangedDelegate(UnitSizeChanged); + SetStats(); + } + + private void SetStats() + { + //GameSystem system = unit.Army.GameSystem; + //SystemStats stats = system.StandardSystemStats; + Stats stats = unit.UnitType.UnitStats; + CellRendererText renderer = new CellRendererText(); + unitStats.AppendColumn(Translation.GetTranslation("UnitNameColumn", "Unit Type", null), renderer, new TreeCellDataFunc(RenderUnitName)); + + TreeCellDataFunc statFunc = new TreeCellDataFunc(RenderUnitStat); + + int length = stats.StatCount; + + for (int i = 0; i < length; i++) + { + unitStats.AppendColumn(stats[i].ParentSlot.Name, renderer, statFunc); + } + + TreeStore model = new TreeStore(typeof(IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)); + model.AppendValues(unit); + unitStats.Model = model; + } + + private void RenderUnitName(TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel model, TreeIter iter) + { + object o = model.GetValue(iter, 0); + + if (o is IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit) + { + IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit u = (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)o; + (cell as CellRendererText).Text = u.UnitType.Name; + } + } + + private void RenderUnitStat(TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel model, TreeIter iter) + { + object o = model.GetValue(iter, 0); + + if (o is IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit) + { + IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit u = (IBBoard.WarFoundry.API.Objects.Unit)o; + //TODO Check for correct value based on the column + (cell as CellRendererText).Text = u.UnitStats[column.Title].SlotValueString; + } + } + + private void UnitNameChanged(WarFoundryObject obj, string oldValue, string newValue) + { + unitName.Text = newValue; + } + + private void UnitSizeChanged(WarFoundryObject obj, int oldValue, int newValue) + { + unitSize.Value = newValue; + } + + protected virtual void OnUnitSizeFocusOut (object o, Gtk.FocusOutEventArgs args) + { + SetNewUnitSize(); + } + + [GLib.ConnectBefore ()] + protected virtual void OnUnitSizeKeyPress (object o, Gtk.KeyPressEventArgs args) + { + if (args.Event.Key == Gdk.Key.Return) + { + SetNewUnitSize(); + } + } + + private void SetNewUnitSize() + { + if (unitSize.Value!=unit.Size) + { + SetUnitSizeCommand cmd = new SetUnitSizeCommand(unit, (int)Math.Round(unitSize.Value)); + stack.Execute(cmd); + } + } + + protected virtual void OnUnitNameFocusOut (object o, Gtk.FocusOutEventArgs args) + { + SetNewUnitName(); + } + + [GLib.ConnectBefore ()] + protected virtual void OnUnitNameKeyPress (object o, Gtk.KeyPressEventArgs args) + { + if (args.Event.Key == Gdk.Key.Return) + { + SetNewUnitName(); + } + } + + private void SetNewUnitName() + { + if (unitName.Text!=unit.Name) + { + SetNameCommand cmd = new SetNameCommand(unit, unitName.Text); + stack.Execute(cmd); + } + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmChangeGameSystem.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmChangeGameSystem.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Mono Runtime Version: 2.0.50727.42 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry { + + + public partial class FrmChangeGameSystem { + + private Gtk.HBox hbox1; + + private Gtk.Label lblGameSystem; + + private Gtk.ScrolledWindow GtkScrolledWindow; + + private Gtk.TreeView lstGameSystems; + + private Gtk.Button buttonCancel; + + private Gtk.Button buttonOk; + + protected virtual void Build() { + Stetic.Gui.Initialize(this); + // Widget IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmChangeGameSystem + this.Name = "IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmChangeGameSystem"; + this.Title = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Change Game System"); + this.Icon = Gdk.Pixbuf.LoadFromResource("App.ico"); + this.TypeHint = ((Gdk.WindowTypeHint)(1)); + this.WindowPosition = ((Gtk.WindowPosition)(4)); + this.Modal = true; + this.Resizable = false; + this.AllowGrow = false; + this.DefaultWidth = 400; + this.DefaultHeight = 300; + this.SkipPagerHint = true; + this.SkipTaskbarHint = true; + this.HasSeparator = false; + // Internal child IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmChangeGameSystem.VBox + Gtk.VBox w1 = this.VBox; + w1.Name = "dialog1_VBox"; + w1.Spacing = 6; + w1.BorderWidth = ((uint)(2)); + // Container child dialog1_VBox.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.hbox1 = new Gtk.HBox(); + this.hbox1.Name = "hbox1"; + this.hbox1.Spacing = 6; + // Container child hbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.lblGameSystem = new Gtk.Label(); + this.lblGameSystem.Name = "lblGameSystem"; + this.lblGameSystem.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Game System"); + this.hbox1.Add(this.lblGameSystem); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w2 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.hbox1[this.lblGameSystem])); + w2.Position = 0; + w2.Expand = false; + w2.Fill = false; + // Container child hbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.GtkScrolledWindow = new Gtk.ScrolledWindow(); + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Name = "GtkScrolledWindow"; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.ShadowType = ((Gtk.ShadowType)(1)); + // Container child GtkScrolledWindow.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.lstGameSystems = new Gtk.TreeView(); + this.lstGameSystems.WidthRequest = 250; + this.lstGameSystems.HeightRequest = 125; + this.lstGameSystems.CanFocus = true; + this.lstGameSystems.Name = "lstGameSystems"; + this.lstGameSystems.HeadersVisible = false; + this.lstGameSystems.HeadersClickable = true; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Add(this.lstGameSystems); + this.hbox1.Add(this.GtkScrolledWindow); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w4 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.hbox1[this.GtkScrolledWindow])); + w4.Position = 1; + w1.Add(this.hbox1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w5 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(w1[this.hbox1])); + w5.Position = 0; + // Internal child IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmChangeGameSystem.ActionArea + Gtk.HButtonBox w6 = this.ActionArea; + w6.Name = "dialog1_ActionArea"; + w6.Spacing = 6; + w6.BorderWidth = ((uint)(5)); + w6.LayoutStyle = ((Gtk.ButtonBoxStyle)(4)); + // Container child dialog1_ActionArea.Gtk.ButtonBox+ButtonBoxChild + this.buttonCancel = new Gtk.Button(); + this.buttonCancel.CanDefault = true; + this.buttonCancel.CanFocus = true; + this.buttonCancel.Name = "buttonCancel"; + this.buttonCancel.UseStock = true; + this.buttonCancel.UseUnderline = true; + this.buttonCancel.Label = "gtk-cancel"; + this.AddActionWidget(this.buttonCancel, -6); + Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild w7 = ((Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild)(w6[this.buttonCancel])); + w7.Expand = false; + w7.Fill = false; + // Container child dialog1_ActionArea.Gtk.ButtonBox+ButtonBoxChild + this.buttonOk = new Gtk.Button(); + this.buttonOk.Sensitive = false; + this.buttonOk.CanDefault = true; + this.buttonOk.CanFocus = true; + this.buttonOk.Name = "buttonOk"; + this.buttonOk.UseStock = true; + this.buttonOk.UseUnderline = true; + this.buttonOk.Label = "gtk-ok"; + this.AddActionWidget(this.buttonOk, -5); + Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild w8 = ((Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild)(w6[this.buttonOk])); + w8.Position = 1; + w8.Expand = false; + w8.Fill = false; + if ((this.Child != null)) { + this.Child.ShowAll(); + } + this.Show(); + this.lstGameSystems.RowActivated += new Gtk.RowActivatedHandler(this.lstGameSystemsRowActivated); + this.buttonCancel.Clicked += new System.EventHandler(this.OnCancel); + this.buttonOk.Clicked += new System.EventHandler(this.OnGameSystemOkayClicked); + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmMainWindow.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmMainWindow.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Mono Runtime Version: 2.0.50727.42 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry { + + + public partial class FrmMainWindow { + + private Gtk.Action menuFile; + + private Gtk.Action miCreateArmy; + + private Gtk.Action miOpenArmy; + + private Gtk.Action miSaveArmy; + + private Gtk.Action miSaveArmyAs; + + private Gtk.Action miCloseArmy; + + private Gtk.Action miChangeGameSystem; + + private Gtk.Action miReloadFiles; + + private Gtk.Action miExit; + + private Gtk.Action menuEdit; + + private Gtk.Action miUndo; + + private Gtk.Action miRedo; + + private Gtk.Action menuHelp; + + private Gtk.Action miAbout; + + private Gtk.Action miDebugInformation; + + private Gtk.Action newArmyButton; + + private Gtk.Action openArmyButton; + + private Gtk.Action saveArmyButton; + + private Gtk.Action undoActionButton; + + private Gtk.Action redoActionButton; + + private Gtk.Action goDown; + + private Gtk.Action add; + + private Gtk.VBox vbox1; + + private Gtk.MenuBar menubar1; + + private Gtk.Toolbar toolbar; + + private Gtk.HPaned hpaned2; + + private Gtk.TreeView treeUnits; + + private Gtk.Notebook unitsNotebook; + + private Gtk.Statusbar statusbar1; + + protected virtual void Build() { + Stetic.Gui.Initialize(this); + // Widget IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmMainWindow + Gtk.UIManager w1 = new Gtk.UIManager(); + Gtk.ActionGroup w2 = new Gtk.ActionGroup("Default"); + this.menuFile = new Gtk.Action("menuFile", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("File"), null, null); + this.menuFile.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("File"); + w2.Add(this.menuFile, null); + this.miCreateArmy = new Gtk.Action("miCreateArmy", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Create army"), null, null); + this.miCreateArmy.Sensitive = false; + this.miCreateArmy.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Create army"); + w2.Add(this.miCreateArmy, null); + this.miOpenArmy = new Gtk.Action("miOpenArmy", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Open army"), null, null); + this.miOpenArmy.Sensitive = false; + this.miOpenArmy.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Open army"); + w2.Add(this.miOpenArmy, null); + this.miSaveArmy = new Gtk.Action("miSaveArmy", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Save army"), null, null); + this.miSaveArmy.Sensitive = false; + this.miSaveArmy.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Save army"); + w2.Add(this.miSaveArmy, null); + this.miSaveArmyAs = new Gtk.Action("miSaveArmyAs", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Save army as"), null, null); + this.miSaveArmyAs.Sensitive = false; + this.miSaveArmyAs.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Save army as"); + w2.Add(this.miSaveArmyAs, null); + this.miCloseArmy = new Gtk.Action("miCloseArmy", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Close army"), null, null); + this.miCloseArmy.Sensitive = false; + this.miCloseArmy.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Close army"); + w2.Add(this.miCloseArmy, null); + this.miChangeGameSystem = new Gtk.Action("miChangeGameSystem", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Change game system"), null, null); + this.miChangeGameSystem.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Change game system"); + w2.Add(this.miChangeGameSystem, null); + this.miReloadFiles = new Gtk.Action("miReloadFiles", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Reload files"), null, null); + this.miReloadFiles.Sensitive = false; + this.miReloadFiles.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Reload files"); + w2.Add(this.miReloadFiles, null); + this.miExit = new Gtk.Action("miExit", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Exit"), null, null); + this.miExit.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Exit"); + w2.Add(this.miExit, null); + this.menuEdit = new Gtk.Action("menuEdit", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Edit"), null, null); + this.menuEdit.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Edit"); + w2.Add(this.menuEdit, null); + this.miUndo = new Gtk.Action("miUndo", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Undo"), null, null); + this.miUndo.Sensitive = false; + this.miUndo.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Undo"); + w2.Add(this.miUndo, null); + this.miRedo = new Gtk.Action("miRedo", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Redo"), null, null); + this.miRedo.Sensitive = false; + this.miRedo.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Redo"); + w2.Add(this.miRedo, null); + this.menuHelp = new Gtk.Action("menuHelp", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Help"), null, null); + this.menuHelp.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Help"); + w2.Add(this.menuHelp, null); + this.miAbout = new Gtk.Action("miAbout", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("About"), null, null); + this.miAbout.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("About"); + w2.Add(this.miAbout, null); + this.miDebugInformation = new Gtk.Action("miDebugInformation", Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Debug Information"), null, null); + this.miDebugInformation.ShortLabel = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Debug Information"); + w2.Add(this.miDebugInformation, null); + this.newArmyButton = new Gtk.Action("newArmyButton", null, null, "gtk-new"); + this.newArmyButton.Sensitive = false; + w2.Add(this.newArmyButton, null); + this.openArmyButton = new Gtk.Action("openArmyButton", null, null, "gtk-open"); + this.openArmyButton.Sensitive = false; + w2.Add(this.openArmyButton, null); + this.saveArmyButton = new Gtk.Action("saveArmyButton", null, null, "gtk-save"); + this.saveArmyButton.Sensitive = false; + w2.Add(this.saveArmyButton, null); + this.undoActionButton = new Gtk.Action("undoActionButton", null, null, "gtk-undo"); + this.undoActionButton.Sensitive = false; + w2.Add(this.undoActionButton, null); + this.redoActionButton = new Gtk.Action("redoActionButton", null, null, "gtk-redo"); + this.redoActionButton.Sensitive = false; + w2.Add(this.redoActionButton, null); + this.goDown = new Gtk.Action("goDown", null, null, null); + w2.Add(this.goDown, null); + this.add = new Gtk.Action("add", null, null, "gtk-add"); + w2.Add(this.add, null); + w1.InsertActionGroup(w2, 0); + this.AddAccelGroup(w1.AccelGroup); + this.Name = "IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmMainWindow"; + this.Title = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("MainWindow"); + this.Icon = Gdk.Pixbuf.LoadFromResource("App.ico"); + // Container child IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmMainWindow.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.vbox1 = new Gtk.VBox(); + this.vbox1.Name = "vbox1"; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + w1.AddUiFromString(""); + this.menubar1 = ((Gtk.MenuBar)(w1.GetWidget("/menubar1"))); + this.menubar1.Name = "menubar1"; + this.vbox1.Add(this.menubar1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w3 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.menubar1])); + w3.Position = 0; + w3.Expand = false; + w3.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + w1.AddUiFromString(""); + this.toolbar = ((Gtk.Toolbar)(w1.GetWidget("/toolbar"))); + this.toolbar.HeightRequest = 36; + this.toolbar.Name = "toolbar"; + this.toolbar.ShowArrow = false; + this.toolbar.ToolbarStyle = ((Gtk.ToolbarStyle)(0)); + this.vbox1.Add(this.toolbar); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w4 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.toolbar])); + w4.Position = 1; + w4.Expand = false; + w4.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.hpaned2 = new Gtk.HPaned(); + this.hpaned2.CanFocus = true; + this.hpaned2.Name = "hpaned2"; + this.hpaned2.Position = 178; + // Container child hpaned2.Gtk.Paned+PanedChild + this.treeUnits = new Gtk.TreeView(); + this.treeUnits.CanFocus = true; + this.treeUnits.Name = "treeUnits"; + this.treeUnits.HeadersClickable = true; + this.hpaned2.Add(this.treeUnits); + Gtk.Paned.PanedChild w5 = ((Gtk.Paned.PanedChild)(this.hpaned2[this.treeUnits])); + w5.Resize = false; + // Container child hpaned2.Gtk.Paned+PanedChild + this.unitsNotebook = new Gtk.Notebook(); + this.unitsNotebook.CanFocus = true; + this.unitsNotebook.Name = "unitsNotebook"; + this.unitsNotebook.CurrentPage = -1; + this.hpaned2.Add(this.unitsNotebook); + this.vbox1.Add(this.hpaned2); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w7 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.hpaned2])); + w7.Position = 2; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.statusbar1 = new Gtk.Statusbar(); + this.statusbar1.Name = "statusbar1"; + this.statusbar1.Spacing = 2; + this.vbox1.Add(this.statusbar1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w8 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.statusbar1])); + w8.Position = 3; + w8.Expand = false; + w8.Fill = false; + this.Add(this.vbox1); + if ((this.Child != null)) { + this.Child.ShowAll(); + } + this.DefaultWidth = 832; + this.DefaultHeight = 659; + this.Show(); + this.miCreateArmy.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnCreateArmyActivated); + this.miOpenArmy.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnOpenArmyActivated); + this.miSaveArmy.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnSaveArmyActivated); + this.miSaveArmyAs.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnSaveArmyAsActivated); + this.miCloseArmy.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnCloseArmyActivated); + this.miChangeGameSystem.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnChangeGameSystemActivated); + this.miReloadFiles.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnReloadFilesActivated); + this.miExit.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnExitActivated); + this.newArmyButton.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.newTBButtonActivated); + this.openArmyButton.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.openTBButtonActivated); + this.saveArmyButton.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.saveTBButtonActivated); + this.undoActionButton.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.undoTBButtonActivated); + this.redoActionButton.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.redoTBButtonActivated); + this.treeUnits.RowActivated += new Gtk.RowActivatedHandler(this.ArmyRowActivated); + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewArmy.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewArmy.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Mono Runtime Version: 2.0.50727.42 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry { + + + public partial class FrmNewArmy { + + private Gtk.Table table1; + + private Gtk.ScrolledWindow GtkScrolledWindow; + + private Gtk.TreeView lstRaces; + + private Gtk.HBox hbox2; + + private Gtk.SpinButton sbPointsValue; + + private Gtk.Label label1; + + private Gtk.Label label2; + + private Gtk.Label label3; + + private Gtk.Entry txtArmyName; + + private Gtk.Button bttnCancel; + + private Gtk.Button bttnCreate; + + protected virtual void Build() { + Stetic.Gui.Initialize(this); + // Widget IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewArmy + this.Events = ((Gdk.EventMask)(256)); + this.Name = "IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewArmy"; + this.Title = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Create new army"); + this.Icon = Stetic.IconLoader.LoadIcon(this, "gtk-new", Gtk.IconSize.Menu, 16); + this.WindowPosition = ((Gtk.WindowPosition)(4)); + this.SkipPagerHint = true; + this.SkipTaskbarHint = true; + this.HasSeparator = false; + // Internal child IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewArmy.VBox + Gtk.VBox w1 = this.VBox; + w1.CanFocus = true; + w1.Events = ((Gdk.EventMask)(256)); + w1.Name = "dialog_VBox"; + w1.BorderWidth = ((uint)(2)); + // Container child dialog_VBox.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.table1 = new Gtk.Table(((uint)(3)), ((uint)(2)), false); + this.table1.Name = "table1"; + this.table1.RowSpacing = ((uint)(6)); + this.table1.ColumnSpacing = ((uint)(6)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.GtkScrolledWindow = new Gtk.ScrolledWindow(); + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Name = "GtkScrolledWindow"; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.ShadowType = ((Gtk.ShadowType)(1)); + // Container child GtkScrolledWindow.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.lstRaces = new Gtk.TreeView(); + this.lstRaces.HeightRequest = 150; + this.lstRaces.CanFocus = true; + this.lstRaces.Name = "lstRaces"; + this.lstRaces.HeadersVisible = false; + this.lstRaces.RulesHint = true; + this.lstRaces.HeadersClickable = true; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Add(this.lstRaces); + this.table1.Add(this.GtkScrolledWindow); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w3 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.GtkScrolledWindow])); + w3.LeftAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w3.RightAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w3.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.hbox2 = new Gtk.HBox(); + this.hbox2.Name = "hbox2"; + // Container child hbox2.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.sbPointsValue = new Gtk.SpinButton(0, 2000000000, 100); + this.sbPointsValue.WidthRequest = 150; + this.sbPointsValue.CanFocus = true; + this.sbPointsValue.Name = "sbPointsValue"; + this.sbPointsValue.Adjustment.PageIncrement = 1000; + this.sbPointsValue.ClimbRate = 100; + this.sbPointsValue.Numeric = true; + this.sbPointsValue.Value = 1000; + this.hbox2.Add(this.sbPointsValue); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w4 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.hbox2[this.sbPointsValue])); + w4.Position = 0; + w4.Expand = false; + w4.Fill = false; + this.table1.Add(this.hbox2); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w5 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.hbox2])); + w5.TopAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w5.BottomAttach = ((uint)(3)); + w5.LeftAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w5.RightAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w5.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.label1 = new Gtk.Label(); + this.label1.Name = "label1"; + this.label1.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Race"); + this.table1.Add(this.label1); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w6 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.label1])); + w6.XOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w6.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.label2 = new Gtk.Label(); + this.label2.Name = "label2"; + this.label2.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Army name"); + this.table1.Add(this.label2); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w7 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.label2])); + w7.TopAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w7.BottomAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w7.XOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w7.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.label3 = new Gtk.Label(); + this.label3.Name = "label3"; + this.label3.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Points value"); + this.table1.Add(this.label3); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w8 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.label3])); + w8.TopAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w8.BottomAttach = ((uint)(3)); + w8.XOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w8.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.txtArmyName = new Gtk.Entry(); + this.txtArmyName.CanFocus = true; + this.txtArmyName.Name = "txtArmyName"; + this.txtArmyName.IsEditable = true; + this.txtArmyName.InvisibleChar = '•'; + this.table1.Add(this.txtArmyName); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w9 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.txtArmyName])); + w9.TopAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w9.BottomAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w9.LeftAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w9.RightAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w9.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w1.Add(this.table1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w10 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(w1[this.table1])); + w10.Position = 0; + w10.Expand = false; + w10.Fill = false; + w10.Padding = ((uint)(6)); + // Internal child IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewArmy.ActionArea + Gtk.HButtonBox w11 = this.ActionArea; + w11.CanFocus = true; + w11.Events = ((Gdk.EventMask)(256)); + w11.Name = "WarFoundrySharp.FrmNewArmy_ActionArea"; + w11.Spacing = 6; + w11.BorderWidth = ((uint)(5)); + w11.LayoutStyle = ((Gtk.ButtonBoxStyle)(4)); + // Container child WarFoundrySharp.FrmNewArmy_ActionArea.Gtk.ButtonBox+ButtonBoxChild + this.bttnCancel = new Gtk.Button(); + this.bttnCancel.CanFocus = true; + this.bttnCancel.Name = "bttnCancel"; + this.bttnCancel.UseStock = true; + this.bttnCancel.UseUnderline = true; + this.bttnCancel.Label = "gtk-cancel"; + this.AddActionWidget(this.bttnCancel, -6); + Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild w12 = ((Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild)(w11[this.bttnCancel])); + w12.Expand = false; + w12.Fill = false; + // Container child WarFoundrySharp.FrmNewArmy_ActionArea.Gtk.ButtonBox+ButtonBoxChild + this.bttnCreate = new Gtk.Button(); + this.bttnCreate.Sensitive = false; + this.bttnCreate.CanDefault = true; + this.bttnCreate.CanFocus = true; + this.bttnCreate.Name = "bttnCreate"; + this.bttnCreate.UseUnderline = true; + // Container child bttnCreate.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + Gtk.Alignment w13 = new Gtk.Alignment(0.5F, 0.5F, 0F, 0F); + // Container child GtkAlignment1.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + Gtk.HBox w14 = new Gtk.HBox(); + w14.Spacing = 2; + // Container child GtkHBox1.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + Gtk.Image w15 = new Gtk.Image(); + w15.Pixbuf = Stetic.IconLoader.LoadIcon(this, "gtk-ok", Gtk.IconSize.Menu, 16); + w14.Add(w15); + // Container child GtkHBox1.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + Gtk.Label w17 = new Gtk.Label(); + w17.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("C_reate"); + w17.UseUnderline = true; + w14.Add(w17); + w13.Add(w14); + this.bttnCreate.Add(w13); + this.AddActionWidget(this.bttnCreate, -5); + Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild w21 = ((Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild)(w11[this.bttnCreate])); + w21.Position = 1; + w21.Expand = false; + w21.Fill = false; + if ((this.Child != null)) { + this.Child.ShowAll(); + } + this.DefaultWidth = 400; + this.DefaultHeight = 322; + this.Show(); + this.txtArmyName.Changed += new System.EventHandler(this.OnTextChanged); + this.sbPointsValue.ChangeValue += new Gtk.ChangeValueHandler(this.OnSpinChangeValue); + this.sbPointsValue.ValueChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.OnSpinValueChanged); + this.sbPointsValue.Changed += new System.EventHandler(this.OnSpinValueChanged); + this.bttnCancel.Clicked += new System.EventHandler(this.OnCancelClicked); + this.bttnCreate.Clicked += new System.EventHandler(this.OnCreateClicked); + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewUnit.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewUnit.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Mono Runtime Version: 2.0.50727.42 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry { + + + public partial class FrmNewUnit { + + private Gtk.VBox vbox2; + + private Gtk.HBox hbox1; + + private Gtk.Label label1; + + private Gtk.ScrolledWindow GtkScrolledWindow; + + private Gtk.TreeView lstUnitTypes; + + private Gtk.Label lblNewUnitWarning; + + private Gtk.Button buttonCancel; + + private Gtk.Button buttonOk; + + protected virtual void Build() { + Stetic.Gui.Initialize(this); + // Widget IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewUnit + this.Name = "IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewUnit"; + this.Title = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Add new unit"); + this.Icon = Stetic.IconLoader.LoadIcon(this, "gtk-new", Gtk.IconSize.Menu, 16); + this.WindowPosition = ((Gtk.WindowPosition)(4)); + this.Modal = true; + this.SkipPagerHint = true; + this.SkipTaskbarHint = true; + this.HasSeparator = false; + // Internal child IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewUnit.VBox + Gtk.VBox w1 = this.VBox; + w1.Name = "dialog1_VBox"; + w1.BorderWidth = ((uint)(2)); + // Container child dialog1_VBox.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.vbox2 = new Gtk.VBox(); + this.vbox2.Name = "vbox2"; + this.vbox2.Spacing = 6; + // Container child vbox2.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.hbox1 = new Gtk.HBox(); + this.hbox1.Name = "hbox1"; + this.hbox1.Spacing = 6; + // Container child hbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.label1 = new Gtk.Label(); + this.label1.Name = "label1"; + this.label1.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Unit Type:"); + this.hbox1.Add(this.label1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w2 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.hbox1[this.label1])); + w2.Position = 0; + w2.Expand = false; + w2.Fill = false; + // Container child hbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.GtkScrolledWindow = new Gtk.ScrolledWindow(); + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Name = "GtkScrolledWindow"; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.ShadowType = ((Gtk.ShadowType)(1)); + // Container child GtkScrolledWindow.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.lstUnitTypes = new Gtk.TreeView(); + this.lstUnitTypes.HeightRequest = 150; + this.lstUnitTypes.CanFocus = true; + this.lstUnitTypes.Name = "lstUnitTypes"; + this.lstUnitTypes.HeadersVisible = false; + this.lstUnitTypes.HeadersClickable = true; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Add(this.lstUnitTypes); + this.hbox1.Add(this.GtkScrolledWindow); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w4 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.hbox1[this.GtkScrolledWindow])); + w4.Position = 1; + this.vbox2.Add(this.hbox1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w5 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox2[this.hbox1])); + w5.Position = 0; + w5.Expand = false; + w5.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox2.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.lblNewUnitWarning = new Gtk.Label(); + this.lblNewUnitWarning.Name = "lblNewUnitWarning"; + this.lblNewUnitWarning.Xalign = 0F; + this.lblNewUnitWarning.Yalign = 0F; + this.lblNewUnitWarning.LabelProp = ""; + this.vbox2.Add(this.lblNewUnitWarning); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w6 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox2[this.lblNewUnitWarning])); + w6.Position = 1; + w6.Expand = false; + w6.Fill = false; + w1.Add(this.vbox2); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w7 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(w1[this.vbox2])); + w7.Position = 0; + w7.Expand = false; + w7.Fill = false; + // Internal child IBBoard.WarFoundry.FrmNewUnit.ActionArea + Gtk.HButtonBox w8 = this.ActionArea; + w8.Name = "dialog1_ActionArea"; + w8.Spacing = 6; + w8.BorderWidth = ((uint)(5)); + w8.LayoutStyle = ((Gtk.ButtonBoxStyle)(4)); + // Container child dialog1_ActionArea.Gtk.ButtonBox+ButtonBoxChild + this.buttonCancel = new Gtk.Button(); + this.buttonCancel.CanDefault = true; + this.buttonCancel.CanFocus = true; + this.buttonCancel.Name = "buttonCancel"; + this.buttonCancel.UseStock = true; + this.buttonCancel.UseUnderline = true; + this.buttonCancel.Label = "gtk-cancel"; + this.AddActionWidget(this.buttonCancel, -6); + Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild w9 = ((Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild)(w8[this.buttonCancel])); + w9.Expand = false; + w9.Fill = false; + // Container child dialog1_ActionArea.Gtk.ButtonBox+ButtonBoxChild + this.buttonOk = new Gtk.Button(); + this.buttonOk.Sensitive = false; + this.buttonOk.CanDefault = true; + this.buttonOk.CanFocus = true; + this.buttonOk.Name = "buttonOk"; + this.buttonOk.UseStock = true; + this.buttonOk.UseUnderline = true; + this.buttonOk.Label = "gtk-ok"; + this.AddActionWidget(this.buttonOk, -5); + Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild w10 = ((Gtk.ButtonBox.ButtonBoxChild)(w8[this.buttonOk])); + w10.Position = 1; + w10.Expand = false; + w10.Fill = false; + if ((this.Child != null)) { + this.Child.ShowAll(); + } + this.DefaultWidth = 400; + this.DefaultHeight = 318; + this.Show(); + this.lstUnitTypes.RowActivated += new Gtk.RowActivatedHandler(this.OnRowActivated); + this.buttonCancel.Activated += new System.EventHandler(this.OnButtonCancelActivated); + this.buttonOk.Clicked += new System.EventHandler(this.OnButtonOkClicked); + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets.UnitDisplayWidget.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets.UnitDisplayWidget.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Mono Runtime Version: 2.0.50727.42 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets { + + + public partial class UnitDisplayWidget { + + private Gtk.VBox vbox1; + + private Gtk.HBox hbox1; + + private Gtk.Entry unitName; + + private Gtk.SpinButton unitSize; + + private Gtk.ScrolledWindow GtkScrolledWindow; + + private Gtk.NodeView unitStats; + + private Gtk.HSeparator hseparator1; + + private Gtk.Table table1; + + private Gtk.ScrolledWindow GtkScrolledWindow1; + + private Gtk.NodeView optionalEquipment; + + private Gtk.ScrolledWindow GtkScrolledWindow2; + + private Gtk.NodeView requiredEquipment; + + private Gtk.Label optionalEquipmentLabel; + + private Gtk.Label requiredEquipmentLabel; + + private Gtk.VBox vbox2; + + private Gtk.Button bttnReplaceRequired; + + private Gtk.Button bttnEditRequired; + + private Gtk.VBox vbox3; + + private Gtk.Button bttnAddOptional; + + private Gtk.Button bttnEditOptional; + + private Gtk.Button bttnRemove; + + private Gtk.HBox hbox2; + + protected virtual void Build() { + Stetic.Gui.Initialize(this); + // Widget IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets.UnitDisplayWidget + Stetic.BinContainer.Attach(this); + this.Name = "IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets.UnitDisplayWidget"; + // Container child IBBoard.WarFoundry.Widgets.UnitDisplayWidget.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.vbox1 = new Gtk.VBox(); + this.vbox1.Name = "vbox1"; + this.vbox1.Spacing = 6; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.hbox1 = new Gtk.HBox(); + this.hbox1.Name = "hbox1"; + this.hbox1.Spacing = 6; + // Container child hbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.unitName = new Gtk.Entry(); + this.unitName.CanFocus = true; + this.unitName.Name = "unitName"; + this.unitName.IsEditable = true; + this.unitName.InvisibleChar = '•'; + this.hbox1.Add(this.unitName); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w1 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.hbox1[this.unitName])); + w1.Position = 0; + // Container child hbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.unitSize = new Gtk.SpinButton(0, 100, 1); + this.unitSize.CanFocus = true; + this.unitSize.Name = "unitSize"; + this.unitSize.Adjustment.PageIncrement = 10; + this.unitSize.ClimbRate = 1; + this.unitSize.Numeric = true; + this.hbox1.Add(this.unitSize); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w2 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.hbox1[this.unitSize])); + w2.Position = 1; + w2.Expand = false; + w2.Fill = false; + this.vbox1.Add(this.hbox1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w3 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.hbox1])); + w3.Position = 0; + w3.Expand = false; + w3.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.GtkScrolledWindow = new Gtk.ScrolledWindow(); + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Name = "GtkScrolledWindow"; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.ShadowType = ((Gtk.ShadowType)(1)); + // Container child GtkScrolledWindow.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.unitStats = new Gtk.NodeView(); + this.unitStats.HeightRequest = 75; + this.unitStats.CanFocus = true; + this.unitStats.Name = "unitStats"; + this.unitStats.HeadersClickable = true; + this.GtkScrolledWindow.Add(this.unitStats); + this.vbox1.Add(this.GtkScrolledWindow); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w5 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.GtkScrolledWindow])); + w5.Position = 1; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.hseparator1 = new Gtk.HSeparator(); + this.hseparator1.Name = "hseparator1"; + this.vbox1.Add(this.hseparator1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w6 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.hseparator1])); + w6.Position = 2; + w6.Expand = false; + w6.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.table1 = new Gtk.Table(((uint)(2)), ((uint)(3)), false); + this.table1.Name = "table1"; + this.table1.RowSpacing = ((uint)(6)); + this.table1.ColumnSpacing = ((uint)(6)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.GtkScrolledWindow1 = new Gtk.ScrolledWindow(); + this.GtkScrolledWindow1.Name = "GtkScrolledWindow1"; + this.GtkScrolledWindow1.ShadowType = ((Gtk.ShadowType)(1)); + // Container child GtkScrolledWindow1.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.optionalEquipment = new Gtk.NodeView(); + this.optionalEquipment.CanFocus = true; + this.optionalEquipment.Name = "optionalEquipment"; + this.optionalEquipment.HeadersClickable = true; + this.GtkScrolledWindow1.Add(this.optionalEquipment); + this.table1.Add(this.GtkScrolledWindow1); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w8 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.GtkScrolledWindow1])); + w8.TopAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w8.BottomAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w8.LeftAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w8.RightAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w8.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.GtkScrolledWindow2 = new Gtk.ScrolledWindow(); + this.GtkScrolledWindow2.Name = "GtkScrolledWindow2"; + this.GtkScrolledWindow2.ShadowType = ((Gtk.ShadowType)(1)); + // Container child GtkScrolledWindow2.Gtk.Container+ContainerChild + this.requiredEquipment = new Gtk.NodeView(); + this.requiredEquipment.CanFocus = true; + this.requiredEquipment.Name = "requiredEquipment"; + this.requiredEquipment.HeadersClickable = true; + this.GtkScrolledWindow2.Add(this.requiredEquipment); + this.table1.Add(this.GtkScrolledWindow2); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w10 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.GtkScrolledWindow2])); + w10.LeftAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w10.RightAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w10.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.optionalEquipmentLabel = new Gtk.Label(); + this.optionalEquipmentLabel.Name = "optionalEquipmentLabel"; + this.optionalEquipmentLabel.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Optional Equipment:"); + this.table1.Add(this.optionalEquipmentLabel); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w11 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.optionalEquipmentLabel])); + w11.TopAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w11.BottomAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w11.XOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w11.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.requiredEquipmentLabel = new Gtk.Label(); + this.requiredEquipmentLabel.Name = "requiredEquipmentLabel"; + this.requiredEquipmentLabel.LabelProp = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Required Equipment:"); + this.table1.Add(this.requiredEquipmentLabel); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w12 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.requiredEquipmentLabel])); + w12.XOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w12.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.vbox2 = new Gtk.VBox(); + this.vbox2.Name = "vbox2"; + this.vbox2.Spacing = 6; + // Container child vbox2.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.bttnReplaceRequired = new Gtk.Button(); + this.bttnReplaceRequired.CanFocus = true; + this.bttnReplaceRequired.Name = "bttnReplaceRequired"; + this.bttnReplaceRequired.UseUnderline = true; + this.bttnReplaceRequired.Label = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Replace"); + this.vbox2.Add(this.bttnReplaceRequired); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w13 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox2[this.bttnReplaceRequired])); + w13.Position = 0; + w13.Expand = false; + w13.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox2.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.bttnEditRequired = new Gtk.Button(); + this.bttnEditRequired.CanFocus = true; + this.bttnEditRequired.Name = "bttnEditRequired"; + this.bttnEditRequired.UseUnderline = true; + this.bttnEditRequired.Label = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Edit"); + this.vbox2.Add(this.bttnEditRequired); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w14 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox2[this.bttnEditRequired])); + w14.Position = 1; + w14.Expand = false; + w14.Fill = false; + this.table1.Add(this.vbox2); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w15 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.vbox2])); + w15.LeftAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w15.RightAttach = ((uint)(3)); + w15.XOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w15.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + // Container child table1.Gtk.Table+TableChild + this.vbox3 = new Gtk.VBox(); + this.vbox3.Name = "vbox3"; + this.vbox3.Spacing = 6; + // Container child vbox3.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.bttnAddOptional = new Gtk.Button(); + this.bttnAddOptional.CanFocus = true; + this.bttnAddOptional.Name = "bttnAddOptional"; + this.bttnAddOptional.UseUnderline = true; + this.bttnAddOptional.Label = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Add"); + this.vbox3.Add(this.bttnAddOptional); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w16 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox3[this.bttnAddOptional])); + w16.Position = 0; + w16.Expand = false; + w16.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox3.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.bttnEditOptional = new Gtk.Button(); + this.bttnEditOptional.CanFocus = true; + this.bttnEditOptional.Name = "bttnEditOptional"; + this.bttnEditOptional.UseUnderline = true; + this.bttnEditOptional.Label = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Edit"); + this.vbox3.Add(this.bttnEditOptional); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w17 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox3[this.bttnEditOptional])); + w17.Position = 1; + w17.Expand = false; + w17.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox3.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.bttnRemove = new Gtk.Button(); + this.bttnRemove.CanFocus = true; + this.bttnRemove.Name = "bttnRemove"; + this.bttnRemove.UseUnderline = true; + this.bttnRemove.Label = Mono.Unix.Catalog.GetString("Remove"); + this.vbox3.Add(this.bttnRemove); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w18 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox3[this.bttnRemove])); + w18.Position = 2; + w18.Expand = false; + w18.Fill = false; + this.table1.Add(this.vbox3); + Gtk.Table.TableChild w19 = ((Gtk.Table.TableChild)(this.table1[this.vbox3])); + w19.TopAttach = ((uint)(1)); + w19.BottomAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w19.LeftAttach = ((uint)(2)); + w19.RightAttach = ((uint)(3)); + w19.XOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + w19.YOptions = ((Gtk.AttachOptions)(4)); + this.vbox1.Add(this.table1); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w20 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.table1])); + w20.Position = 3; + w20.Expand = false; + w20.Fill = false; + // Container child vbox1.Gtk.Box+BoxChild + this.hbox2 = new Gtk.HBox(); + this.hbox2.Name = "hbox2"; + this.hbox2.Spacing = 6; + this.vbox1.Add(this.hbox2); + Gtk.Box.BoxChild w21 = ((Gtk.Box.BoxChild)(this.vbox1[this.hbox2])); + w21.Position = 4; + this.Add(this.vbox1); + if ((this.Child != null)) { + this.Child.ShowAll(); + } + this.Show(); + this.unitName.FocusOutEvent += new Gtk.FocusOutEventHandler(this.OnUnitNameFocusOut); + this.unitName.KeyPressEvent += new Gtk.KeyPressEventHandler(this.OnUnitNameKeyPress); + this.unitSize.FocusOutEvent += new Gtk.FocusOutEventHandler(this.OnUnitSizeFocusOut); + this.unitSize.KeyPressEvent += new Gtk.KeyPressEventHandler(this.OnUnitSizeKeyPress); + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/generated.cs --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/generated.cs Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Mono Runtime Version: 2.0.50727.42 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace Stetic { + + + internal class Gui { + + private static bool initialized; + + internal static void Initialize(Gtk.Widget iconRenderer) { + if ((Stetic.Gui.initialized == false)) { + Stetic.Gui.initialized = true; + } + } + } + + internal class IconLoader { + + public static Gdk.Pixbuf LoadIcon(Gtk.Widget widget, string name, Gtk.IconSize size, int sz) { + Gdk.Pixbuf res = widget.RenderIcon(name, size, null); + if ((res != null)) { + return res; + } + else { + try { + return Gtk.IconTheme.Default.LoadIcon(name, sz, 0); + } + catch (System.Exception ) { + if ((name != "gtk-missing-image")) { + return Stetic.IconLoader.LoadIcon(widget, "gtk-missing-image", size, sz); + } + else { + Gdk.Pixmap pmap = new Gdk.Pixmap(Gdk.Screen.Default.RootWindow, sz, sz); + Gdk.GC gc = new Gdk.GC(pmap); + gc.RgbFgColor = new Gdk.Color(255, 255, 255); + pmap.DrawRectangle(gc, true, 0, 0, sz, sz); + gc.RgbFgColor = new Gdk.Color(0, 0, 0); + pmap.DrawRectangle(gc, false, 0, 0, (sz - 1), (sz - 1)); + gc.SetLineAttributes(3, Gdk.LineStyle.Solid, Gdk.CapStyle.Round, Gdk.JoinStyle.Round); + gc.RgbFgColor = new Gdk.Color(255, 0, 0); + pmap.DrawLine(gc, (sz / 4), (sz / 4), ((sz - 1) - (sz / 4)), ((sz - 1) - (sz / 4))); + pmap.DrawLine(gc, ((sz - 1) - (sz / 4)), (sz / 4), (sz / 4), ((sz - 1) - (sz / 4))); + return Gdk.Pixbuf.FromDrawable(pmap, pmap.Colormap, 0, 0, 0, 0, sz, sz); + } + } + } + } + } + + internal class BinContainer { + + private Gtk.Widget child; + + private Gtk.UIManager uimanager; + + public static BinContainer Attach(Gtk.Bin bin) { + BinContainer bc = new BinContainer(); + bin.SizeRequested += new Gtk.SizeRequestedHandler(bc.OnSizeRequested); + bin.SizeAllocated += new Gtk.SizeAllocatedHandler(bc.OnSizeAllocated); + bin.Added += new Gtk.AddedHandler(bc.OnAdded); + return bc; + } + + private void OnSizeRequested(object sender, Gtk.SizeRequestedArgs args) { + if ((this.child != null)) { + args.Requisition = this.child.SizeRequest(); + } + } + + private void OnSizeAllocated(object sender, Gtk.SizeAllocatedArgs args) { + if ((this.child != null)) { + this.child.Allocation = args.Allocation; + } + } + + private void OnAdded(object sender, Gtk.AddedArgs args) { + this.child = args.Widget; + } + + public void SetUiManager(Gtk.UIManager uim) { + this.uimanager = uim; + this.child.Realized += new System.EventHandler(this.OnRealized); + } + + private void OnRealized(object sender, System.EventArgs args) { + if ((this.uimanager != null)) { + Gtk.Widget w; + w = this.child.Toplevel; + if (((w != null) && typeof(Gtk.Window).IsInstanceOfType(w))) { + ((Gtk.Window)(w)).AddAccelGroup(this.uimanager.AccelGroup); + this.uimanager = null; + } + } + } + } + + internal class ActionGroups { + + public static Gtk.ActionGroup GetActionGroup(System.Type type) { + return Stetic.ActionGroups.GetActionGroup(type.FullName); + } + + public static Gtk.ActionGroup GetActionGroup(string name) { + return null; + } + } +} diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/gui.stetic --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/gui.stetic Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,1067 @@ + + + + .. + 2.12.1 + + + + + + + + Action + File + File + + + Action + Create army + False + Create army + + + + Action + Open army + False + Open army + + + + Action + Save army + False + Save army + + + + Action + Save army as + False + Save army as + + + + Action + Close army + False + Close army + + + + Action + Change game system + Change game system + + + + Action + Reload files + False + Reload files + + + + Action + Exit + Exit + + + + Action + Edit + Edit + + + Action + Undo + False + Undo + + + Action + Redo + False + Redo + + + Action + Help + Help + + + Action + About + About + + + Action + Debug Information + Debug Information + + + Action + + False + gtk-new + + + + Action + + False + gtk-open + + + + Action + + False + gtk-save + + + + Action + + False + gtk-undo + + + + Action + + False + gtk-redo + + + + Action + + + + Action + + gtk-add + + + + MainWindow + resource:App.ico + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + 36 + False + Icons + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 + True + False + False + + + + + + True + 178 + + + + True + True + + + + False + + + + + + True + -1 + + + + + 2 + True + + + + + + 2 + + + + + + + + + 3 + True + False + False + + + + + + + + ButtonPressMask + Create new army + stock:gtk-new Menu + CenterOnParent + True + True + 2 + False + False + + + + True + ButtonPressMask + 2 + + + + 3 + 2 + 6 + 6 + + + + In + + + + 150 + True + True + False + True + True + + + + + 1 + 2 + True + Fill + True + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + + + + 150 + True + 2000000000 + 1000 + 100 + 100 + True + 1000 + + + + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + + + 2 + 3 + 1 + 2 + True + Fill + True + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + Race + + + True + Fill + Fill + False + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + Army name + + + 1 + 2 + True + Fill + Fill + False + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + Points value + + + 2 + 3 + True + Fill + Fill + False + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + True + True + • + + + + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + True + Fill + True + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + 0 + True + False + False + 6 + + + + + + + + True + ButtonPressMask + 6 + 5 + 2 + End + + + + True + True + StockItem + gtk-cancel + -6 + + gtk-cancel + + + False + False + + + + + + False + True + True + TextAndIcon + stock:gtk-ok Menu + C_reate + True + -5 + + + + 1 + False + False + + + + + + + + Change Game System + resource:App.ico + Dialog + CenterOnParent + True + False + False + 400 + 300 + True + True + 2 + False + False + + + + 6 + 2 + + + + 6 + + + + Game System + + + 0 + False + False + False + + + + + + In + + + + 250 + 125 + True + True + False + True + + + + + + 1 + True + + + + + 0 + False + + + + + + + + 6 + 5 + 2 + End + + + + True + True + True + StockItem + gtk-cancel + -6 + + gtk-cancel + + + False + False + + + + + + False + True + True + True + StockItem + gtk-ok + -5 + + gtk-ok + + + 1 + False + False + + + + + + + + Add new unit + stock:gtk-new Menu + CenterOnParent + True + True + True + 2 + False + False + + + + 2 + + + + 6 + + + + 6 + + + + Unit Type: + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + In + + + + 150 + True + True + False + True + + + + + + 1 + True + + + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + 0 + 0 + + + + 1 + True + False + False + + + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + + + 6 + 5 + 2 + End + + + + True + True + True + StockItem + gtk-cancel + -6 + + gtk-cancel + + + False + False + + + + + + False + True + True + True + StockItem + gtk-ok + -5 + + gtk-ok + + + 1 + False + False + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + + + + 6 + + + + True + True + • + + + + + 0 + True + + + + + + True + 100 + 10 + 1 + 1 + True + + + + + 1 + True + False + False + + + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + In + + + + 75 + True + True + True + + + + + 1 + True + + + + + + + + 2 + True + False + False + + + + + + 2 + 3 + 6 + 6 + + + + In + + + + True + True + True + + + + + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + True + Fill + True + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + In + + + + True + True + True + + + + + 1 + 2 + True + Fill + True + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + Optional Equipment: + + + 1 + 2 + True + Fill + Fill + False + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + Required Equipment: + + + True + Fill + Fill + False + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + 6 + + + + True + TextOnly + Replace + True + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + True + TextOnly + Edit + True + + + 1 + True + False + False + + + + + + + + 2 + 3 + True + Fill + Fill + False + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + + 6 + + + + True + TextOnly + Add + True + + + 0 + True + False + False + + + + + + True + TextOnly + Edit + True + + + 1 + True + False + False + + + + + + True + TextOnly + Remove + True + + + 2 + True + False + False + + + + + 1 + 2 + 2 + 3 + True + Fill + Fill + False + True + False + False + True + False + + + + + 3 + True + False + False + + + + + + 6 + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + True + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 gtk-gui/objects.xml --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/gtk-gui/objects.xml Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 libs/log4net.dll Binary file libs/log4net.dll has changed diff -r 000000000000 -r 1bb28f84d567 libs/log4net.xml --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/libs/log4net.xml Fri Dec 19 15:57:51 2008 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,27658 @@ + + + + log4net + + + + + Appender that logs to a database. + + + + appends logging events to a table within a + database. The appender can be configured to specify the connection + string by setting the property. + The connection type (provider) can be specified by setting the + property. For more information on database connection strings for + your specific database see http://www.connectionstrings.com/. + + + Records are written into the database either using a prepared + statement or a stored procedure. The property + is set to (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify a prepared statement + or to (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify a stored + procedure. + + + The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure + must be set in the property. + + + The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number + of parameters. Parameters are added using the + method. This adds a single to the + ordered list of parameters. The + type may be subclassed if required to provide database specific + functionality. The specifies + the parameter name, database type, size, and how the value should + be generated using a . + + + + An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to: + + CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] ( + [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL , + [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL , + [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL , + [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL , + [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL , + [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL + ) ON [PRIMARY] + + + + An example configuration to log to the above table: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Lance Nehring + + + + Abstract base class implementation of that + buffers events in a fixed size buffer. + + + + This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a + number of events before logging them. For example the + buffers events and then submits the entire contents of the buffer to + the underlying database in one go. + + + Subclasses should override the + method to deliver the buffered events. + + The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic + buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using + the property. + + A is used to inspect + each event as it arrives in the appender. If the + triggers, then the current buffer is sent immediately + (see ). Otherwise the event + is stored in the buffer. For example, an evaluator can be used to + deliver the events immediately when an ERROR event arrives. + + + The buffering appender can be configured in a mode. + By default the appender is NOT lossy. When the buffer is full all + the buffered events are sent with . + If the property is set to true then the + buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving + in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer. + In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the + triggers. This can be useful behavior when you need to know about + ERROR events but not about events with a lower level, configure an + evaluator that will trigger when an ERROR event arrives, the whole + buffer will be sent which gives a history of events leading up to + the ERROR event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Abstract base class implementation of . + + + + This class provides the code for common functionality, such + as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements. + + + + Implementors should consider extending the + class which provides a default implementation of this interface. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Log the logging event in Appender specific way. + + The event to log + + + This method is called to log a message into this appender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this appender. + + The name of the appender. + + The name uniquely identifies the appender. + + + + + Interface for appenders that support bulk logging. + + + + This interface extends the interface to + support bulk logging of objects. Appenders + should only implement this interface if they can bulk log efficiently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way. + + The events to log + + + This method is called to log an array of events into this appender. + + + + + + Interface used to delay activate a configured object. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then the method + must be called by the container after its all the configured properties have been set + and before the component can be used. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties. + + + + This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all + options have been set. This is required for components which have + related options that remain ambiguous until all are set. + + + If a component implements this interface then this method must be called + after its properties have been set before the component can be used. + + + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + Default constructor + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's + method. + + + + If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method + will call . + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Closes the appender and release resources. + + + + Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method + delegates the closing of the appender to the + method which must be overridden in the subclass. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The event to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the abstract method. + + + + + + Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before + delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A + derived class should override the method + which is called by this method. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + Calls and checks that + it returns true. + + + + + If all of the above steps succeed then the + will be passed to the method. + + + + + + Test if the logging event should we output by this appender + + the event to test + true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored + + + This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set + on this appender and also against the filters specified on this + appender. + + + The implementation of this method is as follows: + + + + + + Checks that the severity of the + is greater than or equal to the of this + appender. + + + + Checks that the chain accepts the + . + + + + + + + + + Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain. + + the filter to add to this appender + + + The Filters are organized in a linked list. + + + Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the + back of the filter chain. + + + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + Clears the filter list for this appender. + + + + + + Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold. + + to test against. + + + If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true. + + + + true if the meets the + requirements of this appender. + + + + + Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override + this method if resources need to be released. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Subclasses of should implement this method + to perform actual logging. + + The event to append. + + + A subclass must implement this method to perform + logging of the . + + This method will be called by + if all the conditions listed for that method are met. + + + To restrict the logging of events in the appender + override the method. + + + + + + Append a bulk array of logging events. + + the array of logging events + + + This base class implementation calls the + method for each element in the bulk array. + + + A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should + override this method in addition to . + + + + + + Called before as a precondition. + + + + This method is called by + before the call to the abstract method. + + + This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks + made before the event is passed to the method. + + + A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to + this base class if it is overridden. + + + true if the call to should proceed. + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The event rendered as a string. + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Where possible use the alternative version of this method + . + That method streams the rendering onto an existing Writer + which can give better performance if the caller already has + a open and ready for writing. + + + + + + Renders the to a string. + + The event to render. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Helper method to render a to + a string. This appender must have a + set to render the to + a string. + + If there is exception data in the logging event and + the layout does not process the exception, this method + will append the exception text to the rendered string. + + + Use this method in preference to + where possible. If, however, the caller needs to render the event + to a string then does + provide an efficient mechanism for doing so. + + + + + + The layout of this appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The name of this appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The level threshold of this appender. + + + + There is no level threshold filtering by default. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. + + + + It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The first filter in the filter chain. + + + + Set to null initially. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The last filter in the filter chain. + + + See for more information. + + + + + Flag indicating if this appender is closed. + + + See for more information. + + + + + The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method + + + + + StringWriter used to render events + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold of this appender. + + + The threshold of the appender. + + + + All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored + by the appender. + + + In configuration files this option is specified by setting the + value of the option to a level + string, such as "DEBUG", "INFO" and so on. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The of the appender + + + The provides a default + implementation for the property. + + + + + + The filter chain. + + The head of the filter chain filter chain. + + + Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list + and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this appender. + + The layout of the appender. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this appender. + + The name of the appender. + + + The name uniquely identifies the appender. + + + + + + Tests if this appender requires a to be set. + + + + In the rather exceptional case, where the appender + implementation admits a layout but can also work without it, + then the appender should return true. + + + This default implementation always returns true. + + + + true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false. + + + + + The default buffer size. + + + The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events. + This is set to 512 by default. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + the events passed through this appender must be + fixed by the time that they arrive in the derived class' SendBuffer method. + + + Protected constructor to allow subclassing. + + + The should be set if the subclass + expects the events delivered to be fixed even if the + is set to zero, i.e. when no buffering occurs. + + + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + + + Flushes any events that have been buffered. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will NOT be flushed to the appender. + + + + + + Flush the currently buffered events + + set to true to flush the buffer of lossy events + + + Flushes events that have been buffered. If is + false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode. + + + If the appender is buffering in mode then the contents + of the buffer will only be flushed if is true. + In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the + and if triggering will be output. All other buffered + events will be discarded. + + + If is true then the buffer will always + be emptied by calling this method. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. + + + + Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked + as not then the remaining events in + the buffer must be sent when the appender is closed. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + + Stores the in the cyclic buffer. + + + The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the + method) if one of the following conditions is met: + + + + The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is + marked as not lossy (see ) + + + An is set and + it is triggered for the + specified. + + + + Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed + (see ) to ensure that + any data referenced by the event will be valid when the buffer + is processed. + + + + + + Sends the contents of the buffer. + + The first logging event. + The buffer containing the events that need to be send. + + + The subclass must override . + + + + + + Sends the events. + + The events that need to be send. + + + The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events. + + + + + + The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. + + + Set to by default. + + + + + The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events. + + + + + The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately. + + + The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire + buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null, which + indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator + can be set using the property. If this appender + has the ( property) set to + true then an must be set. + + + + + Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer + when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the + buffer is full. + + + If this field is set to true then an must + be set. + + + + + The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events. + + + The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should + really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders. + This field can be null, which indicates that all discarded events will + be discarded. + + + + + Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed + + + By default all fields are fixed + + + + + The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy. + + + true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before + delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer + to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before + a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set + to false to prevent logging events + from being lost. + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the + logging events. + + + The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events. + + + + The option takes a positive integer + representing the maximum number of logging events to collect in + a cyclic buffer. When the is reached, + oldest events are deleted as new events are added to the + buffer. By default the size of the cyclic buffer is 512 events. + + + If the is set to a value less than + or equal to 1 then no buffering will occur. The logging event + will be delivered synchronously (depending on the + and properties). Otherwise the event will + be buffered. + + + + + + Gets or sets the that causes the + buffer to be sent immediately. + + + The that causes the buffer to be + sent immediately. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will + immediately be sent (see ). + + If is set to true then an + must be specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the to use. + + + The value of the to use. + + + + The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this + appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately + be sent (see ). + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data + should be fixed. + + + true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event + data, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + Setting this property to true will cause only part of the + event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event + + + The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Override the parent method to close the database + + + + Closes the database command and database connection. + + + + + + Inserts the events into the database. + + The events to insert into the database. + + + Insert all the events specified in the + array into the database. + + + + + + Adds a parameter to the command. + + The parameter to add to the command. + + + Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters. + + + + + + Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified. + + The transaction that the events will be executed under. + The array of events to insert into the database. + + + The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been + configured not to use transactions. See + property for more information. + + + + + + Formats the log message into database statement text. + + The event being logged. + + This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide + more control over the format of the database statement. + + + Text that can be passed to a . + + + + + Connects to the database. + + + + + Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider. + + + + Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the + database. This method resolves the type specified in the + property. + + + Subclasses can override this method to return a different type + if necessary. + + + The of the ADO.NET provider + + + + Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters. + + + + + Flag to indicate if we are using a command object + + + + Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared + statement or stored procedure to insert into the database. + + + + + + The list of objects. + + + + The list of objects. + + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + The that will be used + to insert logging events into a database. + + + + + The database command. + + + + + Database connection string. + + + + + String type name of the type name. + + + + + The text of the command. + + + + + The command type. + + + + + Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database. + + + + + Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database. + + + + + Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to + the database. + + + The database connection string used to connect to the database. + + + + The connections string is specific to the connection type. + See for more information. + + + Connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb" + + Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC: + "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;" + + Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB: + "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;" + + + + + Gets or sets the type name of the connection + that should be created. + + + The type name of the connection. + + + + The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use. + + + The default is to use the OLE DB provider. + + + Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value. + System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the MS SQL Server Provider. + System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + Use the ODBC Provider. + Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for ODBC .NET Data Provider. + + Use the Oracle Provider. + System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + This is an optional package that you can download from + http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads + search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle. + + + + + Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events + into the database. + + + The command text used to insert logging events into the database. + + + + Either the text of the prepared statement or the + name of the stored procedure to execute to write into + the database. + + + The property determines if + this text is a prepared statement or a stored procedure. + + + + + + Gets or sets the command type to execute. + + + The command type to execute. + + + + This value may be either (System.Data.CommandType.Text) to specify + that the is a prepared statement to execute, + or (System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure) to specify that the + property is the name of a stored procedure + to execute. + + + The default value is (System.Data.CommandType.Text). + + + + + + Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database. + + + true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in + the database, otherwise false. The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used + to insert logging events in the database. + + + When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events + into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using + an explicit transaction. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to call the NetSend method. + + + The used to call the NetSend method. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error. + + + true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an + error has occurred, otherwise false. The default value is false, + i.e. not to try to reconnect. + + + + The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the + database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded. + + + To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this + property to true. + + + When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a + delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string. + This delay will block the calling application's thread. + Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to insert + logging events into a database. Classes deriving from + can use this property to get or set this . Use the + underlying returned from if + you require access beyond that which provides. + + + + + Parameter type used by the . + + + + This class provides the basic database parameter properties + as defined by the interface. + + This type can be subclassed to provide database specific + functionality. The two methods that are called externally are + and . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class. + + + + + Prepare the specified database command object. + + The command to prepare. + + + Prepares the database command object by adding + this parameter to its collection of parameters. + + + + + + Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command. + + The command containing the parameter. + The event to be rendered. + + + Renders the logging event using this parameters layout + object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object. + + + + + + The name of this parameter. + + + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + + Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType + + + + + The precision for this parameter. + + + + + The scale for this parameter. + + + + + The size for this parameter. + + + + + The to use to render the + logging event into an object for this parameter. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this parameter. + + + The name of this parameter. + + + + The name of this parameter. The parameter name + must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure + or prepared statement. + + + + + + Gets or sets the database type for this parameter. + + + The database type for this parameter. + + + + The database type for this parameter. This property should + be set to the database type from the + enumeration. See . + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the type from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the precision for this parameter. + + + The precision for this parameter. + + + + The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the precision from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the scale for this parameter. + + + The scale for this parameter. + + + + The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the scale from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the size for this parameter. + + + The size for this parameter. + + + + The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. + + + This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider + will attempt to infer the size from the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the to use to + render the logging event into an object for this + parameter. + + + The used to render the + logging event into an object for this parameter. + + + + The that renders the value for this + parameter. + + + The can be used to adapt + any into a + for use in the property. + + + + + + Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences. + + + + AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set. + + + This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set + in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not + understand the control codes the behavior is not defined. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be + specified to map a logging level to a color. For example: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any + of the following values: + + Blue + Green + Red + White + Yellow + Purple + Cyan + + These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors. + + + The attributes can be any combination of the following: + + Brightforeground is brighter + Dimforeground is dimmer + Underscoremessage is underlined + Blinkforeground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) + Reverseforeground and background are reversed + Hiddenoutput is hidden + Strikethroughmessage has a line through it + + While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations + work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes + no sense. + + + Patrick Wagstrom + Nicko Cadell + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + + Ansi code to reset terminal + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to color + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the foreground and background colours + for a level. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Initialize the options for this appender + + + + Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender. + + + + + + Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream + + + + + Mapping from level object to color value + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + The enum of possible display attributes + + + + The following flags can be combined together to + form the ANSI color attributes. + + + + + + + text is bright + + + + + text is dim + + + + + text is underlined + + + + + text is blinking + + + Not all terminals support this attribute + + + + + text and background colors are reversed + + + + + text is hidden + + + + + text is displayed with a strikethrough + + + + + The enum of possible foreground or background color values for + use with the color mapping method + + + + The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors. + + + + + + + color is black + + + + + color is red + + + + + color is green + + + + + color is yellow + + + + + color is blue + + + + + color is magenta + + + + + color is cyan + + + + + color is white + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in. + + + + + + An entry in the + + + + This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the + object. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default protected constructor + + + + Default protected constructor + + + + + + Initialize any options defined on this entry + + + + Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options + + + + + + The level that is the key for this mapping + + + The that is the key for this mapping + + + + Get or set the that is the key for this + mapping subclass. + + + + + + Initialize the options for the object + + + + Combine the and together + and append the attributes. + + + + + + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped foreground color for the specified level + + + + + + The mapped background color for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped background color for the specified level + + + + + + The color attributes for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The color attributes for the specified level + + + + + + The combined , and + suitable for setting the ansi terminal color. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + An empty readonly static AppenderCollection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection. + + The AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + + Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Adds a to the end of the AppenderCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the AppenderCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the AppenderCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the AppenderCollection. + + The to locate in the AppenderCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire AppenderCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the AppenderCollection. + + The to remove from the AppenderCollection. + + The specified was not found in the AppenderCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection. + + An for the entire AppenderCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection. + + The AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection. + The new of the AppenderCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current AppenderCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. + The new of the AppenderCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current AppenderCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the AppenderCollection. + The new of the AppenderCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + Return the collection elements as an array + + the array + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain. + + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + + + + + Appends log events to the ASP.NET system. + + + + + Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output + of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information + from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a + given application. + + + Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control + whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both. + + + The logging event is passed to the or + method depending on the level of the logging event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace + + the event to log + + + Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace + HttpContext.Current.Trace + (). + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders. + + + + The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are + met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached + appenders. See for the + conditions that cause the buffer to be sent. + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different + thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations + within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface for attaching appenders to objects. + + + + Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + Add the specified appender. The implementation may + choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Returns an attached appender with the specified. + If no appender with the specified name is found null will be + returned. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders. + + + + Gets a collection of attached appenders. + If there are no attached appenders the + implementation should return an empty + collection rather than null. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Send the events. + + The events that need to be send. + + + Forwards the events to the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender. + + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Appends logging events to the console. + + + + ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream + or the error output stream using a layout specified by the + user. + + + By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream. + The property can be set to direct the output to the + error stream. + + + NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or + System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended. + Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender + (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired + behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard output stream. + + + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + The to use when writing to the Console + standard error output stream. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified layout. + + the layout to use for this appender + + The instance of the class is set up to write + to the standard output stream. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified layout. + + the layout to use for this appender + flag set to true to write to the console error stream + + When is set to true, output is written to + the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard + output stream. + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to the console. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + Target is the value of the console output stream. + This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error". + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + debug system. + + + Events are written using the + method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + with a specified layout. + + The layout to use with this appender. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + If is true then the + is called. + + + + + + Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream + will be flushed at the end of each append operation. + + + + Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is + actually written. If is set to + false, then there is a good chance that the last few + logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and + when the application crashes. + + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Writes events to the system event log. + + + + The EventID of the event log entry can be + set using the EventLogEventID property () + on the . + + + There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message + + + When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be + specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example: + + + <mapping> + <level value="ERROR" /> + <eventLogEntryType value="Error" /> + </mapping> + <mapping> + <level value="DEBUG" /> + <eventLogEntryType value="Information" /> + </mapping> + + + The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value + from the enum, i.e.: + + Erroran error event + Warninga warning event + Informationan informational event + + + + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Thomas Voss + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified . + + The to use with this appender. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Add a mapping of level to - done by the config file + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + Each mapping defines the event log entry type for a level. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Create an event log source + + + Uses different API calls under NET_2_0 + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + the event to log + + Writes the event to the system event log using the + . + + If the event has an EventID property (see ) + set then this integer will be used as the event log event id. + + + There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message + + + + + + Get the equivalent for a + + the Level to convert to an EventLogEntryType + The equivalent for a + + Because there are fewer applicable + values to use in logging levels than there are in the + this is a one way mapping. There is + a loss of information during the conversion. + + + + + The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages + are stored. + + + + + Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the + application column of the event log named by . + + + + + The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is + currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine. + + + + + Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + The name of the log where messages will be stored. + + + The string name of the log where messages will be stored. + + + This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer + tree. The default value is to log into the Application + log, this is where most applications write their events. However + if you need a separate log for your application (or applications) + then you should set the appropriately. + This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages + from those of other applications, the + property should be used to distinguish events. This property should be + used to group together events into a single log. + + + + + + Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the + event logs when logging. + + + The string used to distinguish events from different sources. + + + Sets the event log source property. + + + + + This property is used to return the name of the computer to use + when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current + computer, denoted by a dot "." + + + The string name of the machine holding the event log that + will be logged into. + + + This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.' + i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the EventLog. + + + The used to write to the EventLog. + + + + The system security context used to write to the EventLog. + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the color it should be displayed as. + + + + Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type. + + + + + + The for this entry + + + + Required property. + The for this entry + + + + + + Appends logging events to a file. + + + + Logging events are sent to the file specified by + the property. + + + The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode + by specifying the property. + If the file path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. The file encoding can be + specified by setting the property. + + + The layout's and + values will be written each time the file is opened and closed + respectively. If the property is + then the file may contain multiple copies of the header and footer. + + + This appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + The supports pluggable file locking models via + the property. + The default behavior, implemented by + is to obtain an exclusive write lock on the file until this appender is closed. + The alternative model, , only holds a + write lock while the appender is writing a logging event. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Rodrigo B. de Oliveira + Douglas de la Torre + Niall Daley + + + + Sends logging events to a . + + + + An Appender that writes to a . + + + This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate + writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that + can open a to write to. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and + sets the output destination to a new initialized + with the specified . + + The layout to use with this appender. + The to output to. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and sets + the output destination to the specified . + + The layout to use with this appender + The to output to + + The must have been previously opened. + + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append. + + + + This method checked if an output target has been set and if a + layout has been set. + + + false if any of the preconditions fail. + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer + before flushing the stream. + + + + + + Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed. + + + Closed appenders cannot be reused. + + + + + Writes the footer and closes the underlying . + + + + Writes the footer and closes the underlying . + + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + + Clears internal references to the underlying + and other variables. + + + + Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer + + + + This method is called when an event is logged and the or + have not been set. This allows a subclass to + attempt to initialize the writer multiple times. + + + + + + This is the where logging events + will be written to. + + + + + Immediate flush means that the underlying + or output stream will be flushed at the end of each append operation. + + + + Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is + actually written. If is set to + false, then there is a good chance that the last few + logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application + crashes. + + + The default value is true. + + + + + + Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end + of each append operation. + + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + append operation. + + + If this option is set to false, then the underlying + stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later + time. + + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in + a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + Sets the where the log output will go. + + + + The specified must be open and writable. + + + The will be closed when the appender + instance is closed. + + + Note: Logging to an unopened will fail. + + + + + + Gets or set the and the underlying + , if any, for this appender. + + + The for this appender. + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Gets or sets the where logging events + will be written to. + + + The where logging events are written. + + + + This is the where logging events + will be written to. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode. + + the layout to use with this appender + the full path to the file to write to + flag to indicate if the file should be appended to + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified. + The file will be appended to. + + the layout to use with this appender + the full path to the file to write to + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Activate the options on the file appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This will cause the file to be opened. + + + + + + Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's . + + + + Resets the filename and the file stream. + + + + + + Called to initialize the file writer + + + + Will be called for each logged message until the file is + successfully opened. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists + and is writable. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + This method is called by the + method. + + The array of events to log. + + + Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to + the stream. + + + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's property. + + + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + Closes the underlying . + + + + + + Closes the previously opened file. + + + + Writes the to the file and then + closes the file. + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + Calls but guarantees not to throw an exception. + Errors are passed to the . + + + + + + Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable. + + The path to the log file. Must be a fully qualified path. + If true will append to fileName. Otherwise will truncate fileName + + + If there was already an opened file, then the previous file + is closed first. + + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer used for file output + + the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This implementation of creates a + over the and passes it to the + method. + + + This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the + in some way, for example to encrypt the output + data using a System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + the writer over the file stream that has been opened for writing + + + This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to + wrap the in some way. + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + Flag to indicate if we should append to the file + or overwrite the file. The default is to append. + + + + + The name of the log file. + + + + + The encoding to use for the file stream. + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics + + + + + The locking model to use + + + + + Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + The path to the file that logging will be written to. + + + + If the path is relative it is taken as relative from + the application base directory. + + + + + + Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be + appended to or overwritten. + + + Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten. + + + + If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if + it is set to true then the file will be appended to. + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + The default encoding set is + which is the encoding for the system's current ANSI code page. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the file. + + + The used to write to the file. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + The used to lock the file. + + + + Gets or sets the used to handle locking of the file. + + + There are two built in locking models, and . + The former locks the file from the start of logging to the end and the + later lock only for the minimal amount of time when logging each message. + + + The default locking model is the . + + + + + + Write only that uses the + to manage access to an underlying resource. + + + + + True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write. + + + + + Exception base type for log4net. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Locking model base class + + + + Base class for the locking models available to the derived loggers. + + + + + + Open the output file + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Return a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file. + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the + stream until is called again. + + + + + + Gets or sets the for this LockingModel + + + The for this LockingModel + + + + The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on + behalf of. + + + The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use. + + + The value of this property will be set before is + called. + + + + + + Hold an exclusive lock on the output file + + + + Open the file once for writing and hold it open until is called. + Maintains an exclusive lock on the file during this time. + + + + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Does nothing. The lock is already taken + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed. + + + + + + Acquires the file lock for each write + + + + Opens the file once for each / cycle, + thus holding the lock for the minimal amount of time. This method of locking + is considerably slower than but allows + other processes to move/delete the log file whilst logging continues. + + + + + + Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged. + + The filename to use + Whether to append to the file, or overwrite + The encoding to use + + + Open the file specified and prepare for logging. + No writes will be made until is called. + Must be called before any calls to , + and . + + + + + + Close the file + + + + Close the file. No further writes will be made. + + + + + + Acquire the lock on the file + + A stream that is ready to be written to. + + + Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it. + Return a stream pointing to the file. + must be called to release the lock on the output file. + + + + + + Release the lock on the file + + + + Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the + stream until is called again. + + + + + + This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders. + + + + The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds + and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Closes the appender and releases resources. + + + + Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles, + network connections, etc. + + + It is a programming error to append to a closed appender. + + + + + + Forward the logging event to the attached appenders + + The event to log. + + + Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Forward the logging events to the attached appenders + + The array of events to log. + + + Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders. + + + + + + Adds an to the list of appenders of this + instance. + + The to add to this appender. + + + If the specified is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Looks for the appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to lookup. + + The appender with the specified name, or null. + + + + Get the named appender attached to this appender. + + + + + + Removes all previously added appenders from this appender. + + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + Implementation of the interface + + + + + Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an + . + + + If no appenders can be found, then an + is returned. + + + A collection of the appenders in this appender. + + + + + Logs events to a local syslog service. + + + + This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog, syslog, and closelog. + If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work! + + + The functions openlog, syslog, and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and + POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service. + + + This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog + daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be + able to use the to log via UDP. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This instance of the class is set up to write + to a local syslog service. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Adds a to this appender. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + Close the syslog when the appender is closed + + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + + The facility. The default facility is . + + + + + The message identity + + + + + Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the + string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the + pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message. + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + Open connection to system logger. + + + + + Generate a log message. + + + + The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar + to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported + by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the + format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format + string to "%s". + + + + + + Close descriptor used to write to system logger. + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + syslog severities + + + + The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the + method and the + class. The severity is set on . + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from. + This is set on the property. + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + + + Stores logging events in an array. + + + + The memory appender stores all the logging events + that are appended in an in-memory array. + + + Use the method to get + the current list of events that have been appended. + + + Use the method to clear the + current list of events. + + + Julian Biddle + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Gets the events that have been logged. + + The events that have been logged + + + Gets the events that have been logged. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + the event to log + + Stores the in the events list. + + + + + Clear the list of events + + + Clear the list of events + + + + + The list of events that have been appended. + + + + + Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed + + + By default all fields are fixed + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event + data should be fixed. + + + true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event + data, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event + data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event + + + + The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values + captured before it can be buffered. See + for details. + + + + + + Logs events to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to + a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages + on UDP port 514. + + + The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons + do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications. + You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local + syslog service. + + + There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol. + This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html. + This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message", + i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation + this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon + implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source + hostname or IP address to any messages received. + + + Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity + is derived from the Level of the logging event. + The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog + values. The facilities list is predefined + and cannot be extended. + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + Rob Lyon + Nicko Cadell + + + + Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a + multicast group using an . + + + + UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order. + + + To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging + events. + + + When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding + to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the + property to specify the encoding to use. + + + + This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent + on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is + encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such. + + IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0); + UdpClient udpClient; + byte[] buffer; + string loggingEvent; + + try + { + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080); + + while(true) + { + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint); + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer); + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent); + } + } + catch(Exception e) + { + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()); + } + + + Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint + Dim udpClient as UdpClient + Dim buffer as Byte() + Dim loggingEvent as String + + Try + remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0) + udpClient = new UdpClient(8080) + + While True + buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint) + loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer) + Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent) + Wend + Catch e As Exception + Console.WriteLine(e.ToString()) + End Try + + + An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the + IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080: + + + + + + + + + + Gert Driesen + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + The appender will be ignored if no was specified or + an invalid remote or local TCP port number was specified. + + + The required property was not specified. + The TCP port number assigned to or is less than or greater than . + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Sends the event using an UDP datagram. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with + this instance. + + + + Disables the underlying and releases all managed + and unmanaged resources associated with the . + + + + + + Initializes the underlying connection. + + + + The underlying is initialized and binds to the + port number from which you intend to communicate. + + + Exceptions are passed to the . + + + + + + The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which + the logging event will be sent. + + + + + The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to + which the logging event will be sent. + + + + + The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent. + + + + + The TCP port number from which the will communicate. + + + + + The instance that will be used for sending the + logging events. + + + + + The encoding to use for the packet. + + + + + Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + + Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to + 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so + it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider + supports multicasting. + + + Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining + the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined + the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate + them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest. + + + Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below: + + + + + IP Address + Description + + + 224.0.0.1 + + + Sends a message to all system on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.2 + + + Sends a message to all routers on the subnet. + + + + + 224.0.0.12 + + + The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet. + + + + + + + A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges + defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site. + + + The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative + addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically + configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside + of the local network. + + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which + the underlying should sent the logging event. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event + will be sent. + + + The underlying will send messages to this TCP port number + on the remote host or multicast group. + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number from which the underlying will communicate. + + + + The underlying will bind to this port for sending messages. + + + Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to + a local port. + + + The value specified is less than or greater than . + + + + Gets or sets used to write the packets. + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + The used to write the packets. + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + creates a to send logging events + over a network. Classes deriving from can use this + property to get or set this . Use the underlying + returned from if you require access beyond that which + provides. + + + + + Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent. + + + The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent. + + + The method will initialize the remote endpoint + with the values of the and + properties. + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Syslog port 514 + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This instance of the class is set up to write + to a remote syslog daemon. + + + + + Add a mapping of level to severity + + The mapping to add + + + Add a mapping to this appender. + + + + + + This method is called by the method. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon. + + + The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout. + + + + + + Initialize the options for this appender + + + + Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender. + + + + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + A log4net level. + A syslog severity. + + + Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity. + + + + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + The syslog facility. + The syslog severity. + A syslog priority. + + + Generate a syslog priority. + + + + + + The facility. The default facility is . + + + + + The message identity + + + + + Mapping from level object to syslog severity + + + + + Message identity + + + + An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified + by setting the property. The identity (also know + as the tag) must not contain white space. The default value for the + identity is the application name (from ). + + + + + + Syslog facility + + + Set to one of the values. The list of + facilities is predefined and cannot be extended. The default value + is . + + + + + syslog severities + + + + The syslog severities. + + + + + + system is unusable + + + + + action must be taken immediately + + + + + critical conditions + + + + + error conditions + + + + + warning conditions + + + + + normal but significant condition + + + + + informational + + + + + debug-level messages + + + + + syslog facilities + + + + The syslog facilities + + + + + + kernel messages + + + + + random user-level messages + + + + + mail system + + + + + system daemons + + + + + security/authorization messages + + + + + messages generated internally by syslogd + + + + + line printer subsystem + + + + + network news subsystem + + + + + UUCP subsystem + + + + + clock (cron/at) daemon + + + + + security/authorization messages (private) + + + + + ftp daemon + + + + + NTP subsystem + + + + + log audit + + + + + log alert + + + + + clock daemon + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + reserved for local use + + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and + the syslog severity that is should be logged at. + + + + + + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + Required property. + The mapped syslog severity for the specified level + + + + + + Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink. + + + + This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink. + That is any object that implements the + interface. It delivers the events using .NET remoting. The + object to deliver events to is specified by setting the + appenders property. + + The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to + make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure. + + Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately. + They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that + the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a + number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will + flow thread local variables (stored in the ), + if they are marked as , across the + remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then + the remoting infrastructure will clear the + objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from + having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made + from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A + thread is used for this. If no thread is available then + the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available. + + Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close + this appender before all the queued events have been sent. + When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but + this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless. + + If this appender is being closed because the + event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process + exit the runtime limits the time that a + event handler is allowed to run for. If the runtime terminates the threads before + the queued events have been sent then they will be lost. To ensure that all events + are sent the appender must be closed before the application exits. See + for details on how to shutdown + log4net programmatically. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink. + + + The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent + using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously. + This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting + infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the ), + if they are marked as , across the + remoting boundary. If the server is not contactable then + the remoting infrastructure will clear the + objects from the . To prevent a logging failure from + having side effects on the calling application the remoting call must be made + from a separate thread to the one used by the application. A + thread is used for this. If no thread is available then + the events will block in the thread pool manager until a thread is available. + + The events to send. + + + + Override base class close. + + + + This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are + sent asynchronously using work items. These items + will be sent once a thread pool thread is available to send them, therefore + it is possible to close the appender before all the queued events have been + sent. + + This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this + method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless. + + If the appender is being closed because the + event has fired it may not be possible to send all the queued events. During process + exit the runtime limits the time that a + event handler is allowed to run for. + + + + + A work item is being queued into the thread pool + + + + + A work item from the thread pool has completed + + + + + Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink. + + + This method is designed to be used with the . + This method expects to be passed an array of + objects in the state param. + + the logging events to send + + + + The URL of the remote sink. + + + + + The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink. + + + + + The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing + + + + + Event used to signal when there are no queued work items + + + This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this + state it is safe to close the appender. + + + + + Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept + the logging events. + + + The well-known URL of the remote sink. + + + + The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events. + The sink must implement the + interface. + + + + + + Interface used to deliver objects to a remote sink. + + + This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink + if the is to be used + to deliver logging events to the sink. + + + + + Delivers logging events to the remote sink + + Array of events to log. + + + Delivers logging events to the remote sink + + + + + + Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both. + + + + RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both + depending on the setting of the property. + When set to the log file will be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled + once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed. + When set to the log file will be + rolled once the date boundary specified in the property + is crossed, but within a date boundary the file will also be rolled + once its size exceeds the . + When set to the log file will be rolled when + the appender is configured. This effectively means that the log file can be + rolled once per program execution. + + + A of few additional optional features have been added: + + Attach date pattern for current log file + Backup number increments for newer files + Infinite number of backups by file size + + + + + + For large or infinite numbers of backup files a + greater than zero is highly recommended, otherwise all the backup files need + to be renamed each time a new backup is created. + + + When Date/Time based rolling is used setting + to will reduce the number of file renamings to few or none. + + + + + + Changing or without clearing + the log file directory of backup files will cause unexpected and unwanted side effects. + + + + + If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files + in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file. + The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling + is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but + at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed. + + + + The extends the and + has the same behavior when opening the log file. + The appender will first try to open the file for writing when + is called. This will typically be during configuration. + If the file cannot be opened for writing the appender will attempt + to open the file again each time a message is logged to the appender. + If the file cannot be opened for writing when a message is logged then + the message will be discarded by this appender. + + + When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the + file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted. + + + + + A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + Edward Smit + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Sets the quiet writer being used. + + + This method can be overridden by sub classes. + + the writer to set + + + + Write out a logging event. + + the event to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Write out an array of logging events. + + the events to write to file. + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event + + + + Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks + if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second) + is need and then appends to the file last. + + + + + + Creates and opens the file for logging. If + is false then the fully qualified name is determined and used. + + the name of the file to open + true to append to existing file + + This method will ensure that the directory structure + for the specified exists. + + + + + Get the current output file name + + the base file name + the output file name + + The output file name is based on the base fileName specified. + If is set then the output + file name is the same as the base file passed in. Otherwise + the output file depends on the date pattern, on the count + direction or both. + + + + + Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + + + + + Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files + that are similar to the base file name. + + + + + + + Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file + pattern. + + + + + + + Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + + + + Initializes based on existing conditions at time of . + The following is done + + determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point) + initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run. + + + + + + + Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher + to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen. + The highest count is either the first file (when count direction + is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0). + In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present. + + + + + + + Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for + 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max + count up to the highest count seen. + + + + + + + Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied. + + the date pattern to calculate the check period for + The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied + + Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the + most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point + with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern + supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day + and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be + and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected. + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check, + scheduledFilename, and calls to initialize + the current number of backups. + + + + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + + set to true if the file to be rolled is currently open + + + Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s). + Resets curSizeRollBackups. + If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile). + + + + + + Renames file to file . + + Name of existing file to roll. + New name for file. + + + Renames file to file . It + also checks for existence of target file and deletes if it does. + + + + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + the path to the file + true if the file exists + + + Test if a file exists at a specified path + + + + + + Deletes the specified file if it exists. + + The file to delete. + + + Delete a file if is exists. + The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted. + This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot + be deleted, but it still can be moved. + + + + + + Implements file roll base on file size. + + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. Moreover, File is + renamed File.1 and closed. + + + A new file is created to receive further log output. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + + + + Implements file roll. + + the base name to rename + + + If the maximum number of size based backups is reached + (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups) then the oldest + file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection. + If countDirection < 0, then files + {File.1, ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1} + are renamed to {File.2, ..., + File.curSizeRollBackups}. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the + File is truncated with no backup files created. + + + If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is + renamed if needed and no files are deleted. + + + This is called by to rename the files. + + + + + + Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint + + the current date + the type of roll point we are working with + the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date + + + Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method. + + + The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant + than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to + the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window + worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint. + + + + + + This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in + a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. + + + + + The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd" + meaning daily rollover. + + + + + The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to + or will be the file transferred to on roll over + (based on staticLogFileName). + + + + + The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename. + + + + + Holds date of last roll over + + + + + The type of rolling done + + + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB + + + + + There is zero backup files by default + + + + + How many sized based backups have been made so far + + + + + The rolling file count direction. + + + + + The rolling mode used in this appender. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by date. + + + + + Cache flag set if we are rolling by size. + + + + + Value indicating whether to always log to the same file. + + + + + FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly + + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names + when rolling over on date. + + + The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling + over on date. + + + + Takes a string in the same format as expected by + . + + + This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over + on date. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before + the oldest is erased. + + + The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is + erased. + + + + If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file + will be truncated when it reaches . + + + If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note + that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of + files are rolled over unless is used. + + + The maximum applies to each time based group of files and + not the total. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property is equivalent to except + that it is required for differentiating the setter taking a + argument from the setter taking a + argument. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024). + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach + before being rolled over to backup files. + + + The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being + rolled over to backup files. + + + + This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the + suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being + expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes. + + + For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes. + + + The default maximum file size is 10MB. + + + If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically + consider using the property instead as this + allows you to set the size in bytes as a . + + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling file count direction. + + + The rolling file count direction. + + + + Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the + highest numbered file. + + + By default newer files have lower numbers ( < 0), + i.e. log.1 is most recent, log.5 is the 5th backup, etc... + + + >= 0 does the opposite i.e. + log.1 is the first backup made, log.5 is the 5th backup made, etc. + For infinite backups use >= 0 to reduce + rollover costs. + + The default file count direction is -1. + + + + + Gets or sets the rolling style. + + The rolling style. + + + The default rolling style is . + + + When set to this appender's + property is set to false, otherwise + the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling + the file each time it is opened. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to + the same file. + + + true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false. + + + + By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently + logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even + file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup). + + + This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups + much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups! + + + + + + Style of rolling to use + + + + Style of rolling to use + + + + + + Roll files once per program execution + + + + Roll files once per program execution. + Well really once each time this appender is + configured. + + + Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to + false on the RollingFileAppender, otherwise + this appender would just be a normal file appender. + + + + + + Roll files based only on the size of the file + + + + + Roll files based only on the date + + + + + Roll files based on both the size and date of the file + + + + + The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. + + + + The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence. + + + + + + Roll the log not based on the date + + + + + Roll the log for each minute + + + + + Roll the log for each hour + + + + + Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each day (midnight) + + + + + Roll the log each week + + + + + Roll the log each month + + + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + + + This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the . + Used primarily to allow test classes to plug themselves in so they can + supply test date/times. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Default implementation of that returns the current time. + + + + + Gets the current time. + + The current time. + + + Gets the current time. + + + + + + Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. + + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of + the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are + running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending + unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported. + + + Authentication is supported by setting the property to + either or . + If using authentication then the + and properties must also be set. + + + To set the SMTP server port use the property. The default port is 25. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + + Send the email message + + the body text to include in the mail + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send + the e-mail messages. + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the + name of the local SMTP server is used. + + + + + + Obsolete + + + Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead + + + + Obsolete property. + + + + + + The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server + + + Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + Valid Authentication mode values are: , + , and . + The default value is . When using + you must specify the + and to use to authenticate. + When using the Windows credentials for the current + thread, if impersonating, or the process will be used to authenticate. + + + + + + The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the username will be ignored. + + + + + + The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server + + + Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + A and must be specified when + is set to , + otherwise the password will be ignored. + + + + + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening + + + Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default + port is 25. The Port can only be changed when running on + the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. + + + + + + Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message + + + One of the values. + + + + Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this + appender. The default priority is . + + + If you are using this appender to report errors then + you may want to set the priority to . + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Values for the property. + + + + SMTP authentication modes. + + + + + + No authentication + + + + + Basic authentication. + + + Requires a username and password to be supplied + + + + + Integrated authentication + + + Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate. + + + + + Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors + or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the + directory specified by . This allows services such + as the IIS SMTP agent to manage sending the messages. + + + + The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender, + except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify + . + + + The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on + the value of option. The + keeps only the last + logging events in its + cyclic buffer. This keeps memory requirements at a reasonable level while + still delivering useful application context. + + + Niall Daley + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + The logging events to send. + + + Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message. + + + + + + Activate the options on this appender. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + + + + The security context to use for privileged calls + + + + + Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses. + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses. + + + + + + Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender. + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + The e-mail address of the sender. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message. + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + The subject line of the e-mail message. + + + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. + + + + Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same + as that used by the agent sending the messages. + + + + + + Gets or sets the used to write to the pickup directory. + + + The used to write to the pickup directory. + + + + Unless a specified here for this appender + the is queried for the + security context to use. The default behavior is to use the security context + of the current thread. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages + + + + The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages + back to the client. + The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored + over a TCP/IP socket. + This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging. + + + The default is 23 (the telnet port). + + + Keith Long + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler + + + + Closes all the outstanding connections. + + + + + + Initialize the appender based on the options set. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Create the socket handler and wait for connections + + + + + + Writes the logging event to each connected client. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to each connected client. + + + + + + Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + An integer value in the range to + indicating the TCP port number on which this will listen for connections. + + + + The default value is 23 (the telnet port). + + + The value specified is less than + or greater than . + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Helper class to manage connected clients + + + + The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from + clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect + asynchronously. + + + + + + Opens a new server port on + + the local port to listen on for connections + + + Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port. + + + + + + Sends a string message to each of the connected clients + + the text to send + + + Sends a string message to each of the connected clients + + + + + + Add a client to the internal clients list + + client to add + + + + Remove a client from the internal clients list + + client to remove + + + + Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket + + The result of the asynchronous operation + + + On connection adds to the list of connections + if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected + + + + + + Close all network connections + + + + Make sure we close all network connections + + + + + + Test if this handler has active connections + + + true if this handler has active connections + + + + This property will be true while this handler has + active connections, that is at least one connection that + the handler will attempt to send a message to. + + + + + + Class that represents a client connected to this handler + + + + Class that represents a client connected to this handler + + + + + + Create this for the specified + + the client's socket + + + Opens a stream writer on the socket. + + + + + + Write a string to the client + + string to send + + + Write a string to the client + + + + + + Cleanup the clients connection + + + + Close the socket connection. + + + + + + Appends log events to the system. + + + + The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners + are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the + class for details on configuring the + trace system. + + + Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string) + method. The event's logger name is passed as the value for the category name to the Write method. + + + Compact Framework
+ The Compact Framework does not support the + class for any operation except Assert. When using the Compact Framework this + appender will write to the system rather than + the Trace system. This appender will therefore behave like the . + + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + with a specified layout. + + The layout to use with this appender. + + + Obsolete constructor. + + + + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + The event to log. + + + Writes the logging event to the system. + + + + + + Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream + will be flushed at the end of each append operation. + + + + Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is + actually written. If is set to + false, then there is a good chance that the last few + logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and + when the application crashes. + + + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will + flush at the end of each write. + + + The default behavior is to flush at the end of each + write. If the option is set tofalse, then the underlying + stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time. + + + Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results + in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety + trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is + skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not + be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high + price to pay even for a 20% performance gain. + + + + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + true + + + This appender requires a to be set. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute. + + + An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , + however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. + + + An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by + specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used + as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + An assembly's logger repository is defined by its , + however this can be overridden by an assembly loaded before the target assembly. + + + An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by + specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used + as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified repository to alias to this assembly's repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + The repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified domain to alias to this assembly's repository. + + The domain to alias to this assemby's repository. + + + Obsolete. Use instead of . + + + + + + Use this class to quickly configure a . + + + + Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net. + + + Only one appender can be configured using this configurator. + The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging + events will be delivered to that appender. + + + Appenders can also implement the interface. Therefore + they would require that the method + be called after the appenders properties have been configured. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration. + + + + Initializes the log4net logging system using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender. + + The appender to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender. + + + + + + Initializes the with a default configuration. + + The repository to configure. + + + Initializes the specified repository using a + that will write to Console.Out. The log messages are + formatted using the layout object + with the + layout style. + + + + + + Initializes the using the specified appender. + + The repository to configure. + The appender to use to log all logging events. + + + Initializes the using the specified appender. + + + + + + Base class for all log4net configuration attributes. + + + This is an abstract class that must be extended by + specific configurators. This attribute allows the + configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level + attribute. + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor used by subclasses. + + the ordering priority for this configurator + + + The is used to order the configurator + attributes before they are invoked. Higher priority configurators are executed + before lower priority ones. + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called + the subclass should configure the . + + + + + + Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute + + the object to compare to + see + + + Compares the priorities of the two instances. + Sorts by priority in descending order. Objects with the same priority are + randomly ordered. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly. + + + + DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. + + + Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own + logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls + the configuration of the domain. The property specifies the name + of the domain that this assembly is a part of. The + specifies the type of the repository objects to create for the domain. If + this attribute is not specified and a is not specified + then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging domain. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used + once per assembly. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly. + + + + Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified + on the assembly controls + the configuration of the repository. The property specifies the name + of the repository that this assembly is a part of. The + specifies the type of the object + to create for the assembly. If this attribute is not specified or a + is not specified then the assembly will be part of the default shared logging repository. + + + This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used + once per assembly. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + with the name of the repository. + + The name of the repository. + + + Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the logging repository. + + + The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this + assembly. + + + + This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the + same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + The type of repository to create for this assembly. + + + + The type of the repository to create for the assembly. + The type must implement the + interface. + + + This will be the type of repository created when + the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the + same repository then the repository is only created once using the + of the first assembly to call into the + repository. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. + + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class + with the name of the domain. + + The name of the domain. + + + Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute. + + + + + + Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + Configures a using an Xml tree. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor + + + + + Automatically configures the log4net system based on the + application's configuration settings. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + + + Automatically configures the using settings + stored in the application's configuration file. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + The repository to configure. + + + + Configures log4net using a log4net element + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The element to parse. + + + + Configures the using the specified XML + element. + + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The repository to configure. + The element to parse. + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + A stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes + and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the using the file specified, + monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change + is detected. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute. + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + If neither of the or + properties are set the configuration is loaded from the application's .config file. + If set the property takes priority over the + property. The property + specifies a path to a file to load the config from. The path is relative to the + application's base directory; . + The property is used as a postfix to the assembly file name. + The config file must be located in the application's base directory; . + For example in a console application setting the to + config has the same effect as not specifying the or + properties. + + + The property can be set to cause the + to watch the configuration file for changes. + + + + Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once. + When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration + of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the + methods is made from the assembly with the configuration + attributes. + + + If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from + different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e. + call the method directly. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Configures the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Configure the repository using the . + The specified must extend the + class otherwise the will not be able to + configure it. + + + The does not extend . + + + + Attempt to load configuration from the local file system + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + + Configure the specified repository using a + + The repository to configure. + the FileInfo pointing to the config file + + + + Attempt to load configuration from a URI + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + + Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file. + + + The filename of the configuration file. + + + + If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with + the . This file path is relative to the + application base directory (). + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file. + + + The extension of the configuration file. + + + + If specified this is the extension for the configuration file. + The path to the config file is built by using the application + base directory (), + the assembly file name and the config file extension. + + + If the is set to MyExt then + possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or + MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt. + + + The takes priority over the . + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file. + + + true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise. + + + + If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework + will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time + the file is modified. + + + The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk. + In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded + from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk + and therefore it may not be able to watch it. + + + Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI. + + + + + + Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file + + + The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section + handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns + the XML element that is the root of the section. + + + Example of registering the log4net section handler : + + + +
+ + + log4net configuration XML goes here + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Parses the configuration section. + + The configuration settings in a corresponding parent configuration section. + The configuration context when called from the ASP.NET configuration system. Otherwise, this parameter is reserved and is a null reference. + The for the log4net section. + The for the log4net section. + + + Returns the containing the configuration data, + + + + + + Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to + the repository. + + + + Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the + assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface used to create plugins. + + + + Interface used to create a plugin. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates the plugin object. + + the new plugin instance + + + Create and return a new plugin instance. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type name of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + Where possible use the constructor that takes a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified type. + + The type of plugin to create. + + + Create the attribute with the plugin type specified. + + + + + + Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute. + + + + Creates the instance of the object as + specified by this attribute. + + + The plugin object. + + + + Returns a representation of the properties of this object. + + + + Overrides base class method to + return a representation of the properties of this object. + + + A representation of the properties of this object + + + + Gets or sets the type for the plugin. + + + The type for the plugin. + + + + The type for the plugin. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type name for the plugin. + + + The type name for the plugin. + + + + The type name for the plugin. + + + Where possible use the property instead. + + + + + + Assembly level attribute to configure the . + + + + This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only + be used once per assembly. + + + Use this attribute to configure the + without calling one of the + methods. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Construct provider attribute with type specified + + the type of the provider to use + + + The provider specified must subclass the + class. + + + + + + Configures the SecurityContextProvider + + The assembly that this attribute was defined on. + The repository to configure. + + + Creates a provider instance from the specified. + Sets this as the default security context provider . + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the provider to use. + + + the type of the provider to use. + + + + The provider specified must subclass the + class. + + + + + + Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree. + + + + Configures a using an Xml tree. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor + + + + + Automatically configures the log4net system based on the + application's configuration settings. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + + + + + Automatically configures the using settings + stored in the application's configuration file. + + + + Each application has a configuration file. This has the + same name as the application with '.config' appended. + This file is XML and calling this function prompts the + configurator to look in that file for a section called + log4net that contains the configuration data. + + + To use this method to configure log4net you must specify + the section + handler for the log4net configuration section. See the + for an example. + + + The repository to configure. + + + + Configures log4net using a log4net element + + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + The element to parse. + + + + Configures the using the specified XML + element. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + The repository to configure. + The element to parse. + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration file. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI. + + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream. + + A stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the log4net configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's + configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a + normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application). + + + The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the + configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify + a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will + complain. Set the type for the section handler to , for example: + + +
+ + + + + The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the + location is stored in the application's configuration file : + + + using log4net.Config; + using System.IO; + using System.Configuration; + + ... + + XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"])); + + + In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + URI. + + The repository to configure. + A URI to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The must support the URI scheme specified. + + + + + + Configures the using the specified configuration + file. + + The repository to configure. + The stream to load the XML configuration from. + + + The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter. + + + + + + Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes + and reloads the configuration if a change is detected. + + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the using the file specified, + monitors the file for changes and reloads the configuration if a change + is detected. + + The repository to configure. + The XML file to load the configuration from. + + + The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain + at least one element called log4net that holds + the configuration data. + + + The configuration file will be monitored using a + and depends on the behavior of that class. + + + For more information on how to configure log4net using + a separate configuration file, see . + + + + + + + Configures the specified repository using a log4net element. + + The hierarchy to configure. + The element to parse. + + + Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element + supplied as . + + + This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods + to load the configuration from an . + + + + + + Class used to watch config files. + + + + Uses the to monitor + changes to a specified file. Because multiple change notifications + may be raised when the file is modified, a timer is used to + compress the notifications into a single event. The timer + waits for time before delivering + the event notification. If any further + change notifications arrive while the timer is waiting it + is reset and waits again for to + elapse. + + + + + + The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification + before reloading the config file. + + + + + Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository + + The repository to configure. + The configuration file to watch. + + + Watch a specified config file used to configure a repository + + + + + + Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator + + + + + Holds the repository being configured. + + + + + The timer used to compress the notification events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The repository to configure. + The configuration file to watch. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Event handler used by . + + The firing the event. + The argument indicates the file that caused the event to be fired. + + + This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired. + + + + + + Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated. + + null + + + + The implementation of the interface suitable + for use with the compact framework + + + + This implementation is a simple + mapping between repository name and + object. + + + The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly + level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector + this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Interface used by the to select the . + + + + The uses a + to specify the policy for selecting the correct + to return to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to use to lookup to the + The for the assembly. + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. The results of this method must be repeatable, i.e. + when called again with the same arguments the result must be the + save value. + + + + + + Gets the named . + + The name to use to lookup to the . + The named + + Lookup a named . This is the repository created by + calling . + + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + The assembly to use to create the domain to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the domain + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + How the association between and + is made is not defined. The implementation may choose any method for + this association. + + + + + + Creates a new repository with the name specified. + + The name to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the name + specified such that a call to with the + same name will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + An array of the instances created by + this . + + + Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Create a new repository selector + + the type of the repositories to create, must implement + + + Create an new compact repository selector. + The default type for repositories must be specified, + an appropriate value would be . + + + throw if is null + throw if does not implement + + + + Get the for the specified assembly + + not used + The default + + + The argument is not used. This selector does not create a + separate repository for each assembly. + + + As a named repository is not specified the default repository is + returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository. + + + + + + Get the named + + the name of the repository to lookup + The named + + + Get the named . The default + repository is log4net-default-repository. Other repositories + must be created using the . + If the named repository does not exist an exception is thrown. + + + throw if is null + throw if the does not exist + + + + Create a new repository for the assembly specified + + not used + the type of repository to create, must implement + the repository created + + + The argument is not used. This selector does not create a + separate repository for each assembly. + + + If the is null then the + default repository type specified to the constructor is used. + + + As a named repository is not specified the default repository is + returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository. + + + + + + Create a new repository for the repository specified + + the repository to associate with the + the type of repository to create, must implement . + If this param is null then the default repository type is used. + the repository created + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same repository specified will return the same repository instance. + + + If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown. + + + If is null then the default + repository type specified to the constructor is used. + + + throw if is null + throw if the already exists + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets a list of objects + + an array of all known objects + + + Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created + + The repository that has been created + + + Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent + event. + + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + The default implementation of the interface. + + + + Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to + configure the hierarchy for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Creates a new repository selector. + + The type of the repositories to create, must implement + + + Create an new repository selector. + The default type for repositories must be specified, + an appropriate value would be . + + + is . + does not implement . + + + + Gets the for the specified assembly. + + The assembly use to lookup the . + + + The type of the created and the repository + to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the . + + + The default values are to use the + implementation of the interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically configured using + any attributes defined on + the . + + + The for the assembly + is . + + + + Gets the for the specified repository. + + The repository to use to lookup the . + The for the specified repository. + + + Returns the named repository. If is null + a is thrown. If the repository + does not exist a is thrown. + + + Use to create a repository. + + + is . + does not exist. + + + + Create a new repository for the assembly specified + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the assembly specified. + + the assembly to use to create the repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + The name to assign to the created repository + Set to true to read and apply the assembly attributes + The repository created. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The type of the created and + the repository to create can be overridden by specifying the + attribute on the + . The default values are to use the + implementation of the + interface and to use the + as the name of the repository. + + + The created will be automatically + configured using any + attributes defined on the . + + + If a repository for the already exists + that repository will be returned. An error will not be raised and that + repository may be of a different type to that specified in . + Also the attribute on the + assembly may be used to override the repository type specified in + . + + + is . + + + + Creates a new repository for the specified repository. + + The repository to associate with the . + The type of repository to create, must implement . + If this param is then the default repository type is used. + The new repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same repository specified will return the same repository instance. + + + is . + already exists. + + + + Test if a named repository exists + + the named repository to check + true if the repository exists + + + Test if a named repository exists. Use + to create a new repository and to retrieve + a repository. + + + + + + Gets a list of objects + + an array of all known objects + + + Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector. + + + + + + Aliases a repository to an existing repository. + + The repository to alias. + The repository that the repository is aliased to. + + + The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created. + The repository must not already exist. + + + When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as + the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail. + + + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created. + + The repository that has been created. + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly. + + The assembly that has a . + in/out param to hold the repository name to use for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + in/out param to hold the type of the repository to create for the assembly, caller should set this to the default value before calling. + is . + + + + Configures the repository using information from the assembly. + + The assembly containing + attributes which define the configuration for the repository. + The repository to configure. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to add the plugins to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly. + + The assembly that contains the attributes. + The repository to alias to. + + is . + -or- + is . + + + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + Event to notify that a logger repository has been created. + + + + Event raised when a new repository is created. + The event source will be this selector. The event args will + be a which + holds the newly created . + + + + + + Defined error codes that can be passed to the method. + + + + Values passed to the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + A general error + + + + + Error while writing output + + + + + Failed to flush file + + + + + Failed to close file + + + + + Unable to open output file + + + + + No layout specified + + + + + Failed to parse address + + + + + Appenders may delegate their error handling to an . + + + + Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by + definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + The error code associated with the error. + + + Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as + a parameter. + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + The that was thrown when the error occurred. + + + See . + + + + + + Prints the error message passed as a parameter. + + The message associated with the error. + + + See . + + + + + + Interface for objects that require fixing. + + + + Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it + can be taken outside the context of the appender's + method. + + + When objects that implement this interface are stored + in the context properties maps + and + are fixed + (see ) the + method will be called. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + the portable instance of this object + + + Get a portable instance object that represents the current + state of this object. The portable object can be stored + and logged from any thread with identical results. + + + + + + Interface that all loggers implement + + + + This interface supports logging events and testing if a level + is enabled for logging. + + + These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure + that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception + to be thrown to the caller. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + the exception to log, including its stack trace. Pass null to not log an exception. + + + Generates a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + The event being logged. + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. + + + + Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified . + + + + + + Gets the name of the logger. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + The name of this logger + + + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + The that this logger belongs to. + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + + + + Base interface for all wrappers + + + + Base interface for all wrappers. + + + All wrappers must implement this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Get the implementation behind this wrapper object. + + + The object that in implementing this object. + + + + The object that in implementing this + object. The Logger object may not + be the same object as this object because of logger decorators. + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process + the log events. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications + + The which created the repository. + The event args + that holds the instance that has been created. + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A + event is raised every time a is created. + + + + + + The created + + + + + Construct instance using specified + + the that has been created + + + Construct instance using specified + + + + + + The that has been created + + + The that has been created + + + + The that has been created + + + + + + Test if an triggers an action + + + + Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide + when to perform an appender specific action. + + + The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Test if this event triggers the action + + The event to check + true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false + + + Return true if this event triggers the action + + + + + + Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system. + + + + Each has an associated . + + + Levels have a numeric that defines the relative + ordering between levels. Two Levels with the same + are deemed to be equivalent. + + + The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each + and each repository can have different levels defined. The levels are stored + in the on the repository. Levels are + looked up by name from the . + + + When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not but + the value of LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"]. The default value for this is + , but this can be changed by reconfiguring the level map. + + + Each level has a in addition to its . The + is the string that is written into the output log. By default + the display name is the same as the level name, but this can be used to alias levels + or to localize the log output. + + + Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are: + + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + . + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + The display name for this level. This may be localized or otherwise different from the name + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Constructor + + Integer value for this level, higher values represent more severe levels. + The string name of this level. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified level name and value. + + + + + + Returns the representation of the current + . + + + A representation of the current . + + + + Returns the level . + + + + + + Compares levels. + + The object to compare against. + true if the objects are equal. + + + Compares the levels of instances, and + defers to base class if the target object is not a + instance. + + + + + + Returns a hash code + + A hash code for the current . + + + Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data + structures like a hash table. + + + Returns the hash code of the level . + + + + + + Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an + indication of their relative values. + + A instance or to compare with this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + This instance is less than . + + + Zero + This instance is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + + This instance is greater than . + -or- + is . + + + + + + + must be an instance of + or ; otherwise, an exception is thrown. + + + is not a . + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than another specified . + + A + A + + true if is greater than + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than another specified . + + A + A + + true if is less than + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is greater than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + true if is greater than or equal to + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a specified + is less than or equal to another specified . + + A + A + + true if is less than or equal to + ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have the same value. + + A or . + A or . + + true if the value of is the same as the + value of ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two specified + objects have different values. + + A or . + A or . + + true if the value of is different from + the value of ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + Compares two specified instances. + + The first to compare. + The second to compare. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the + two values compared. The return value has these meanings: + + + Value + Meaning + + + Less than zero + is less than . + + + Zero + is equal to . + + + Greater than zero + is greater than . + + + + + + Compares two levels. + + + + + + The level designates a higher level than all the rest. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + System unusable, emergencies. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events + that will presumably lead the application to abort. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Take immediate action, alerts. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + Critical condition, critical. + + + + + The level designates very severe error events. + + + + + The level designates error events that might + still allow the application to continue running. + + + + + The level designates potentially harmful + situations. + + + + + The level designates informational messages + that highlight the progress of the application at the highest level. + + + + + The level designates informational messages that + highlight the progress of the application at coarse-grained level. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates fine-grained informational + events that are most useful to debug an application. + + + + + The level designates the lowest level possible. + + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + The name of this level. + + + + Gets the name of this level. + + + + + + Gets the value of this level. + + + The value of this level. + + + + Gets the value of this level. + + + + + + Gets the display name of this level. + + + The display name of this level. + + + + Gets the display name of this level. + + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new LevelCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Adds a to the end of the LevelCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the LevelCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the LevelCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the LevelCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the LevelCollection. + + The to locate in the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire LevelCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the LevelCollection. + + The to remove from the LevelCollection. + + The specified was not found in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection. + + An for the entire LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection. + + The LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current LevelCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current LevelCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the LevelCollection. + The new of the LevelCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain. + + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + A value + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The threshold for triggering + + + + + Create a new evaluator using the threshold. + + + + Create a new evaluator using the threshold. + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Create a new evaluator using the specified threshold. + + the threshold to trigger at + + + Create a new evaluator using the specified threshold. + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Is this the triggering event? + + The event to check + This method returns true, if the event level + is equal or higher than the . + Otherwise it returns false + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + the threshold to trigger at + + + The that will cause this evaluator to trigger + + + + This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event + passed to + is equal to or greater than the + level. + + + + + + Mapping between string name and Level object + + + + Mapping between string name and object. + This mapping is held separately for each . + The level name is case insensitive. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Mapping from level name to Level object. The + level name is case insensitive + + + + + Construct the level map + + + + Construct the level map. + + + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + Clear the internal maps of all levels + + + + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + + + + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + the string to display for the Level + the level value to give to the Level + the display name to give to the Level + + + Create a new Level and add it to the map + + + + + + Add a Level to the map + + the Level to add + + + Add a Level to the map + + + + + + Lookup a named level from the map + + the name of the level to lookup is taken from this level. + If the level is not set on the map then this level is added + the level in the map with the name specified + + + Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken + from the property of the + argument. + + + If no level with the specified name is found then the + argument is added to the level map + and returned. + + + + + + Lookup a by name + + The name of the Level to lookup + a Level from the map with the name specified + + + Returns the from the + map with the name specified. If the no level is + found then null is returned. + + + + + + Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects. + + all possible levels as a list of Level objects + + + Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects. + + + + + + The internal representation of caller location information. + + + + This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + When location information is not available the constant + NA is returned. Current value of this string + constant is ?. + + + + + Constructor + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class based on the current thread. + + + + + + Constructor + + The fully qualified class name. + The method name. + The file name. + The line number of the method within the file. + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified data. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging + request. + + + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + The file name of the caller. + + + + Gets the file name of the caller. + + + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + The line number of the caller. + + + + Gets the line number of the caller. + + + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + The method name of the caller. + + + + Gets the method name of the caller. + + + + + + Gets all available caller information + + + All available caller information, in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + Gets all available caller information, in the format + fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line) + + + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + + Static manager that controls the creation of repositories + + + This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g. ) + to provide access to the objects. + + + This manager also holds the that is used to + lookup and create repositories. The selector can be set either programmatically using + the property, or by setting the log4net.RepositorySelector + AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the + selector to use. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used. + + + + Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used. + + + + + + Hook the shutdown event + + + + On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the + AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload> events. + These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits. + + + + + + Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain + + + + This needs to be in a separate method because the events make + a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because + this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot + catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the + caller. + + + + + + Return the default instance. + + the repository to lookup in + Return the default instance + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The default instance. + + + + Return the default instance. + + the repository to lookup in + Return the default instance + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The default instance. + + + Returns the default instance. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the + specified assembly's repository. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + All the defined loggers. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + The repository to lookup in. + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shorthand for . + + the assembly to use to lookup the repository + The of which the fullname will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The repository to shutdown. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset. + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An Exception will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + An array of all the known objects. + + + Gets an array of all currently defined repositories. + + + + + + Internal method to get pertinent version info. + + A string of version info. + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + Called when the event fires + + the that is exiting + null + + + Called when the event fires. + + + When the event is triggered the log4net system is . + + + + + + Initialize the default repository selector + + + + + Gets or sets the repository selector used by the . + + + The repository selector used by the . + + + + The repository selector () is used by + the to create and select repositories + (). + + + The caller to supplies either a string name + or an assembly (if not supplied the assembly is inferred using + ). + + + This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository. + + + For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector; + for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default + repository. + + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + + + This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap. + + + Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + + + + + The logger that this object is wrapping + + + + + Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object. + + + The object that this object is implementing. + + + + The Logger object may not be the same object as this object + because of logger decorators. + + + This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process + the log events. + + + + + + Portable data structure used by + + + + Portable data structure used by + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The logger name. + + + + The logger name. + + + + + + Level of logging event. + + + + Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable + because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it + cannot be declared final either. + + + + + + The application supplied message. + + + + The application supplied message of logging event. + + + + + + The name of thread + + + + The name of thread in which this logging event was generated + + + + + + The time the event was logged + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. + + + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + Location information for the caller. + + + + + + String representation of the user + + + + String representation of the user's windows name, + like DOMAIN\username + + + + + + String representation of the identity. + + + + String representation of the current thread's principal identity. + + + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + The string representation of the exception + + + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + String representation of the AppDomain. + + + + + + Additional event specific properties + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + + + + Flags passed to the property + + + + Flags passed to the property + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Fix the MDC + + + + + Fix the NDC + + + + + Fix the rendered message + + + + + Fix the thread name + + + + + Fix the callers location information + + + CAUTION: Very slow to generate + + + + + Fix the callers windows user name + + + CAUTION: Slow to generate + + + + + Fix the domain friendly name + + + + + Fix the callers principal name + + + CAUTION: May be slow to generate + + + + + Fix the exception text + + + + + Fix the event properties + + + + + No fields fixed + + + + + All fields fixed + + + + + Partial fields fixed + + + + This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed: + + + + + + + + + + + + + The internal representation of logging events. + + + + When an affirmative decision is made to log then a + instance is created. This instance + is passed around to the different log4net components. + + + This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net. + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling + . There is a performance penalty + for incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintaining data consistency. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + The key into the Properties map for the host name value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value. + + + + + The key into the Properties map for the user name value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + from the supplied parameters. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + The name of the logger of this event. + The level of this event. + The message of this event. + The exception for this event. + + + Except , and , + all fields of LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call + to cache all data locally + to prevent inconsistencies. + + This method is called by the log4net framework + to create a logging event. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + The fields in the struct that have already been fixed. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + The parameter should be used to specify which fields in the + struct have been preset. Fields not specified in the + will be captured from the environment if requested or fixed. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The repository this event is logged in. + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using specific data. + + Data used to initialize the logging event. + + + This constructor is provided to allow a + to be created independently of the log4net framework. This can + be useful if you require a custom serialization scheme. + + + Use the method to obtain an + instance of the class. + + + This constructor sets this objects flags to , + this assumes that all the data relating to this event is passed in via the + parameter and no other data should be captured from the environment. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Ensure that the repository is set. + + the value for the repository + + + + Write the rendered message to a TextWriter + + the writer to write the message to + + + Unlike the property this method + does store the message data in the internal cache. Therefore + if called only once this method should be faster than the + property, however if the message is + to be accessed multiple times then the property will be more efficient. + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized. + + + The method must be called during the + method call if this event + is to be used outside that method. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + Does a fix of the data + in the logging event before returning the event data. + + + + + + Gets the portable data for this . + + The set of data to ensure is fixed in the LoggingEventData + The for this event. + + + A new can be constructed using a + instance. + + + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + This event's exception's rendered using the . + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + This event's exception's rendered using the . + + + + Returns this event's exception's rendered using the + . + + + + + + Fix instance fields that hold volatile data. + + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling + . There is a performance penalty + incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintaining data consistency. + + + Calling is equivalent to + calling passing the parameter + false. + + + See for more + information. + + + + + + Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data. + + Set to true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix. + + + Some of the values in instances of + are considered volatile, that is the values are correct at the + time the event is delivered to appenders, but will not be consistent + at any time afterwards. If an event is to be stored and then processed + at a later time these volatile values must be fixed by calling + . There is a performance penalty + for incurred by calling but it + is essential to maintaining data consistency. + + + The param controls the data that + is fixed. Some of the data that can be fixed takes a long time to + generate, therefore if you do not require those settings to be fixed + they can be ignored by setting the param + to true. This setting will ignore the + and settings. + + + Set to false to ensure that all + settings are fixed. + + + + + + Fix the fields specified by the parameter + + the fields to fix + + + Only fields specified in the will be fixed. + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Lookup a composite property in this event + + the key for the property to lookup + the value for the property + + + This event has composite properties that combine together properties from + several different contexts in the following order: + + + this events properties + + This event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + + Get all the composite properties in this event + + the containing all the properties + + + See for details of the composite properties + stored by the event. + + + This method returns a single containing all the + properties defined for this event. + + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The internal logging event data. + + + + + The fully qualified Type of the calling + logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method). + + + + + The application supplied message of logging event. + + + + + The exception that was thrown. + + + This is not serialized. The string representation + is serialized instead. + + + + + The repository that generated the logging event + + + This is not serialized. + + + + + The fix state for this event + + + These flags indicate which fields have been fixed. + Not serialized. + + + + + Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed) + + + This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler + changes in the caching strategy. + + + + + Gets the time when the current process started. + + + This is the time when this process started. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. + + + Tries to get the start time for the current process. + Failing that it returns the time of the first call to + this property. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating and therefore + without the process start time being reset. + + + + + + Gets the of the logging event. + + + The of the logging event. + + + + Gets the of the logging event. + + + + + + Gets the time of the logging event. + + + The time of the logging event. + + + + The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer. + + + + + + Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. + + + The name of the logger that logged the event. + + + + Gets the name of the logger that logged the event. + + + + + + Gets the location information for this logging event. + + + The location information for this logging event. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + See the class for more information on + supported frameworks and the different behavior in Debug and + Release builds. + + + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + + + The message object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the message object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid message object. + If the event is serialized the message object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the message the + property must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined message object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + + + The exception object used to initialize this event. + + + + Gets the exception object used to initialize this event. + Note that this event may not have a valid exception object. + If the event is serialized the exception object will not + be transferred. To get the text of the exception the + method must be used + not this property. + + + If there is no defined exception object for this event then + null will be returned. + + + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + The that this event was created in. + + + + + + Gets the message, rendered through the . + + + The message rendered through the . + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Gets the name of the current thread. + + + The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when + the name is not available. + + + + The collected information is cached for future use. + + + + + + Gets the name of the current user. + + + The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the + underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the + current user. + + + + Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of + the current windows user. + + + To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of + the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant. + Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render + the string. + + + However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to + return different objects every time, so the current implementation + doesn't do this type of caching. + + + Timing for these operations: + + + + Method + Results + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() + 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds + + + WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name + 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds + + + + This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the + value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since + this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds. + + + + + + Gets the identity of the current thread principal. + + + The string name of the identity of the current thread principal. + + + + Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get + the name of the current thread principal. + + + + + + Gets the AppDomain friendly name. + + + The AppDomain friendly name. + + + + Gets the AppDomain friendly name. + + + + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + Additional event specific properties. + + + + A logger or an appender may attach additional + properties to specific events. These properties + have a string key and an object value. + + + This property is for events that have been added directly to + this event. The aggregate properties (which include these + event properties) can be retrieved using + and . + + + Once the properties have been fixed this property + returns the combined cached properties. This ensures that updates to + this property are always reflected in the underlying storage. When + returning the combined properties there may be more keys in the + Dictionary than expected. + + + + + + The fixed fields in this event + + + The set of fields that are fixed in this event + + + + Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed. + It is not possible to 'unfix' a field. + + + + + + Implementation of wrapper interface. + + + + This implementation of the interface + forwards to the held by the base class. + + + This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following + levels: + + + + DEBUG + + The and methods log messages + at the DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + INFO + + The and methods log messages + at the INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + WARN + + The and methods log messages + at the WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + ERROR + + The and methods log messages + at the ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + FATAL + + The and methods log messages + at the FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the + repositories . The default value + for this level is . The + property tests if this level is enabled for logging. + + + + + The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by + configuring the for the repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into + the log4net framework. + + + + Use the to obtain logger instances + that implement this interface. The + static method is used to get logger instances. + + + This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also + has properties for determining if those logging levels are + enabled in the current configuration. + + + This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation + specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual + implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to + do things differently. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Logs a message object with the level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + Log a message object with the level. + + Log a message object with the level. + + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + The message object to log. + + + + + + Log a message object with the level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Log a formatted message string with the level. + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See + for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + For some ILog interface log, when you write: + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in and once in + the . This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. This is the preferred style of logging. + + Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug + enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this: + + + private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled; + + + Then when you come to log you can write: + + + if (isDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way the debug enabled state is only queried once + when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly + variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant + and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler. + + + Of course if you use a static readonly variable to + hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot + change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging + that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute + speed or runtime flexibility. + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for events, false otherwise. + + + For more information see . + + + + + + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap. + + + Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger. + + + + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + the repository holding the levels + + + Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + DEBUG level. If this logger is + DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including + the stack trace of the passed + as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is INFO + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + INFO level. If this logger is + INFO enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger + and also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of + the additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an + to this method will print the name of the + but no stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level. + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the INFO level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level. + + the message object to log + + + This method first checks if this logger is WARN + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + WARN level. If this logger is + WARN enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the WARN level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is ERROR + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + ERROR level. If this logger is + ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the ERROR level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level. + + The message object to log. + + + This method first checks if this logger is FATAL + enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the + FATAL level. If this logger is + FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object + (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate + . It then + proceeds to call all the registered appenders in this logger and + also higher in the hierarchy depending on the value of the + additivity flag. + + + WARNING Note that passing an to this + method will print the name of the but no + stack trace. To print a stack trace use the + form instead. + + + + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level + + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Logs a message object with the FATAL level including + the stack trace of the + passed as a parameter. + + + See the form for more detailed information. + + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object to format + An Object to format + An Object to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + The string is formatted using the + format provider. To specify a localized provider use the + method. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A String containing zero or more format items + An Object array containing zero or more objects to format + + + The message is formatted using the method. See + String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior + of the formatting. + + + This method does not take an object to include in the + log event. To pass an use one of the + methods instead. + + + + + + Event handler for the event + + the repository + Empty + + + + The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass. + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG + level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events, + false otherwise. + + + + This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of + disabled log debug statements. + + + For some log Logger object, when you write: + + + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + + + You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in + this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not. + + + If you are worried about speed, then you should write: + + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled()) + { + log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i ); + } + + + This way you will not incur the cost of parameter + construction if debugging is disabled for log. On + the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you + will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug + enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in + the Debug. This is an insignificant overhead + since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it + takes to actually log. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for INFO events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for WARN events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples + of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level. + + + true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events, + false otherwise. + + + + See for more information and examples of using this method. + + + + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + + + + A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources + for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate + a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + An instance that will + revoke the impersonation of this SecurityContext, or null + + + Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current + thread should now be made in the security context provided + by this object. When the result + method is called the security + context of the thread should be reverted to the state it was in + before was called. + + + + + + The providers default instances. + + + + A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system + resources uses a to provide the elevated + privileges required. If the object has + been not been explicitly provided to the component then the component + will request one from this . + + + By default the is + an instance of which returns only + objects. This is a reasonable default + where the privileges required are not know by the system. + + + This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the + and overriding the method to return + the desired objects. The default provider + can be replaced by programmatically setting the value of the + property. + + + An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute + This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the + log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute". The attribute takes + the type to use as the as an argument. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The default provider + + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + Protected default constructor to allow subclassing + + + + + + Create a SecurityContext for a consumer + + The consumer requesting the SecurityContext + An impersonation context + + + The default implementation is to return a . + + + Subclasses should override this method to provide their own + behavior. + + + + + + Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider + + + The default SecurityContextProvider + + + + The default provider is used by configured components that + require a and have not had one + given to them. + + + By default this is an instance of + that returns objects. + + + The default provider can be set programmatically by setting + the value of this property to a sub class of + that has the desired behavior. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + + + Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate + is called from the + method to construct the wrapper for the specified logger. + + + The delegate to use is supplied to the + constructor. + + + + + + Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects. + + + + This class maintains a mapping between objects and + objects. Use the method to + lookup the for the specified . + + + New wrapper instances are created by the + method. The default behavior is for this method to delegate construction + of the wrapper to the delegate supplied + to the constructor. This allows specialization of the behavior without + requiring subclassing of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + + The handler to use to create the wrapper objects. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified handler to create the wrapper objects. + + + + + + Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The wrapper object for the specified logger + + + If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null. + + + Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and + returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then + the virtual method is + called. + + + + + + Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger. + + The logger to wrap in a wrapper. + The wrapper object for the logger. + + + This implementation uses the + passed to the constructor to create the wrapper. This method + can be overridden in a subclass. + + + + + + Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received. + + The that is shutting down + + + This method is called when a that this + is holding loggers for has signaled its shutdown + event . The default + behavior of this method is to release the references to the loggers + and their wrappers generated for this repository. + + + + + + Event handler for repository shutdown event. + + The sender of the event. + The event args. + + + + Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings + + + + + The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects. + + + + + Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events. + + + + + Gets the map of logger repositories. + + + Map of logger repositories. + + + + Gets the hashtable that is keyed on . The + values are hashtables keyed on with the + value being the corresponding . + + + + + + Formats a as "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats a in the format "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Render a as a string. + + + + Interface to abstract the rendering of a + instance into a string. + + + The method is used to render the + date to a text writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Formats the specified date as a string. + + The date to format. + The writer to write to. + + + Format the as a string and write it + to the provided. + + + + + + String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE. + + + + + String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE. + + + + + String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601. + + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss". + + The date to render into a string. + The string builder to write to. + + + Subclasses should override this method to render the date + into a string using a precision up to the second. This method + will be called at most once per second and the result will be + reused if it is needed again during the same second. + + + + + + Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff". + + The date to render into a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the method to generate the + time string up to the seconds and then appends the current + milliseconds. The results from are + cached and is called at most once + per second. + + + Sub classes should override + rather than . + + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second. + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted + as a string. + + + + + Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted + as a string. + + + + + Formats a as "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" + + + + Formats a in the format + "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, + "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Angelika Schnagl + + + + Default constructor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss" + for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + The format info for the invariant culture. + + + + + Formats the as "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + + Formats the specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff". + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Formats the date without the milliseconds part + + The date to format. + The string builder to write to. + + + Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss". + + + The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section. + This method will only be called at most once per second. + + + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + + Formats the using the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The format string. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified format string. + + + The format string must be compatible with the options + that can be supplied to . + + + + + + Formats the date using . + + The date to convert to a string. + The writer to write to. + + + Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call + the method to format the date. + + + + + + The format string used to format the . + + + + The format string must be compatible with the options + that can be supplied to . + + + + + + This filter drops all . + + + + You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to + switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise" + filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise" + behavior. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should extend this class to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering + + + + Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging + event filtering. Note that and + , the parent class of all standard + appenders, have built-in filtering rules. It is suggested that you + first use and understand the built-in rules before rushing to write + your own custom filters. + + + This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be + organized in a linear chain. The + method of each filter is called sequentially, in the order of their + addition to the chain. + + + The method must return one + of the integer constants , + or . + + + If the value is returned, then the log event is dropped + immediately without consulting with the remaining filters. + + + If the value is returned, then the next filter + in the chain is consulted. If there are no more filters in the + chain, then the log event is logged. Thus, in the presence of no + filters, the default behavior is to log all logging events. + + + If the value is returned, then the log + event is logged without consulting the remaining filters. + + + The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the + Linux ipchains. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender. + + The LoggingEvent to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + + + + Property to get and set the next filter + + + The next filter in the chain + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + Points to the next filter in the filter chain. + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Initialize the filter with the options set + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Typically filter's options become active immediately on set, + however this method must still be called. + + + + + + Decide if the should be logged through an appender. + + The to decide upon + The decision of the filter + + + If the decision is , then the event will be + dropped. If the decision is , then the next + filter, if any, will be invoked. If the decision is then + the event will be logged without consulting with other filters in + the chain. + + + This method is marked abstract and must be implemented + in a subclass. + + + + + + Property to get and set the next filter + + + The next filter in the chain + + + + Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in + the chain to be accessed. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Always returns the integer constant + + the LoggingEvent to filter + Always returns + + + Ignores the event being logged and just returns + . This can be used to change the default filter + chain behavior from to . This filter + should only be used as the last filter in the chain + as any further filters will be ignored! + + + + + + The return result from + + + + The return result from + + + + + + The log event must be dropped immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + This filter is neutral with respect to the log event. + The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision. + + + + + The log event must be logged immediately without + consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain. + + + + + This is a very simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits two options and + . If there is an exact match between the value + of the option and the of the + , then the method returns in + case the option value is set + to true, if it is false then + is returned. If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + flag to indicate if the filter should on a match + + + + + the to match against + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Tests if the of the logging event matches that of the filter + + the event to filter + see remarks + + + If the of the event matches the level of the + filter then the result of the function depends on the + value of . If it is true then + the function will return , it it is false then it + will return . If the does not match then + the result will be . + + + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + The level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + This is a simple filter based on matching. + + + + The filter admits three options and + that determine the range of priorities that are matched, and + . If there is a match between the range + of priorities and the of the , then the + method returns in case the + option value is set to true, if it is false + then is returned. If there is no match, is returned. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a + + + + + the minimum value to match + + + + + the maximum value to match + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Check if the event should be logged. + + the logging event to check + see remarks + + + If the of the logging event is outside the range + matched by this filter then + is returned. If the is matched then the value of + is checked. If it is true then + is returned, otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + when matching and + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Set the minimum matched + + + + The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Sets the maximum matched + + + + The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the + level. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name. + + + + The works very similar to the . It admits two + options and . If the + of the starts + with the value of the option, then the + method returns in + case the option value is set to true, + if it is false then is returned. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match + + + + + The logger name string to substring match against the event + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the equals the beginning of + the incoming () + then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + when matching + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + The that the filter will match + + + + This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in + the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the + logger name (using ). The match is + case sensitive. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a keyed string in the + + + As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the + should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Simple filter to match a string an event property + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the value for a + specific event property + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match + + + + + The string to substring match against the message + + + + + A string regex to match + + + + + A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch) + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Initialize and precompile the Regex if required + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The rendered message is matched against the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the message then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + when matching or + + + + The property is a flag that determines + the behavior when a matching is found. If the + flag is set to true then the filter will the + logging event, otherwise it will the event. + + + The default is true i.e. to the event. + + + + + + Sets the static string to match + + + + The string that will be substring matched against + the rendered message. If the message contains this + string then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + Sets the regular expression to match + + + + The regular expression pattern that will be matched against + the rendered message. If the message matches this + pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then + the result depends on the value of . + + + One of or + must be specified. + + + + + + The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties + + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged + + the event being logged + see remarks + + + The event property for the is matched against + the . + If the occurs as a substring within + the property value then a match will have occurred. If no match occurs + this function will return + allowing other filters to check the event. If a match occurs then + the value of is checked. If it is + true then is returned otherwise + is returned. + + + + + + The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against. + + + + The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the + . The match will be performed against + the value of this property if it exists. + + + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + + Simple filter to match a string in the + + + As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the + properties collections the should + be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Sets the to "NDC". + + + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that + derived classes need. + + + + Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to + individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for + converting a logging event in a converter specific manner. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initial buffer size + + + + + Maximum buffer size before it is recycled + + + + + Protected constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way. + + + + + + Set the next pattern converter in the chains + + the pattern converter that should follow this converter in the chain + the next converter + + + The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class). + Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in. + + + + + + Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + This method calls to allow the subclass to perform + appropriate conversion of the pattern converter. If formatting options have + been specified via the then this method will + apply those formattings before writing the output. + + + + + + Fast space padding method. + + to which the spaces will be appended. + The number of spaces to be padded. + + + Fast space padding method. + + + + + + The option string to the converter + + + + + Write an dictionary to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the to a writer in the form: + + + {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3} + + + If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the key and value to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Write an object to a + + the writer to write to + a to use for object conversion + the value to write to the writer + + + Writes the Object to a writer. If the specified + is not null then it is used to render the object to text, otherwise + the object's ToString method is called. + + + + + + Get the next pattern converter in the chain + + + the next pattern converter in the chain + + + + Get the next pattern converter in the chain + + + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + The formatting info for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter + + + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + The option for this converter + + + + Gets or sets the option value for this converter + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to + convert conversion specifiers in the correct way. + + that will receive the formatted result. + The state object on which the pattern converter should be executed. + + + + Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions + + + false if this converter handles exceptions + + + + + Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception + + false if this converter handles the logging event exception + + + If this converter handles the exception object contained within + , then this property should be set to + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the property should be set to true. + + + Set this value to override a this default setting. The default + value is true, this converter does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Write the event appdomain name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output . + + + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + + Render the to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + + Initialize the converter pattern based on the property. + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Convert the pattern into the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Write the exception text to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + + + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + + + + Writes the caller location file name to the output + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location file name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location info to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the output writer. + + + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + + + Writes the value of the to + the output writer. + + + Daniel Cazzulino + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event identity to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the + to + the output . + + + + + + Write the event level to the output + + + + Writes the display name of the event + to the writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event level to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the of the + to the . + + + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + + + Writes the value of the for + the event to the output writer. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the caller location line number to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the value of the for + the to the output . + + + + + + Converter for logger name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings + + + + This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string + to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side. + This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified. + + + Subclasses should override the method to + return the fully qualified string. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Get the fully qualified string data + + the event being logged + the fully qualified name + + + Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the + precision is applied to it. + + + Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string. + + + + + + Convert the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + Render the to the precision + specified by the property. + + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the logger + + the event being logged + The fully qualified logger name + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Writes the event message to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Uses the method + to write out the event message. + + + + + + Write the method name to the output + + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the method name to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the caller location to + the output. + + + + + + Converter to include event NDC + + + + Outputs the value of the event property named NDC. + + + The should be used instead. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the event NDC to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties + this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property. + + + The should be used instead. + + + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + Converter to output the relative time of the event + + + + Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the relative time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds. + That is the number of milliseconds between the event + and the . + + + + + + Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects + + start time (in the current local time zone) + end time (in the current local time zone) + the time difference in milliseconds + + + + Converter to include event thread name + + + + Writes the to the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the ThreadName to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Writes the to the . + + + + + + Pattern converter for the class name + + + + Outputs the of the event. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the class + + the event being logged + The fully qualified type name for the caller location + + + Returns the of the . + + + + + + Converter to include event user name + + Douglas de la Torre + Nicko Cadell + + + + Convert the pattern to the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + + Write the TimeStamp to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the date of a . + + + Uses a to format the + in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the TimeStamp to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + the event being logged + + + Pass the to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The passed is in the local time zone, this is converted + to Universal time before it is rendered. + + + + + + + A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event + + + + A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event. + + + This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple + layouts (e.g. ). + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format. + + + + This is the base implementation of the + interface. Most layout objects should extend this class. + + + + + + Subclasses must implement the + method. + + + Subclasses should set the in their default + constructor. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface implemented by layout objects + + + + An object is used to format a + as text. The method is called by an + appender to transform the into a string. + + + The layout can also supply and + text that is appender before any events and after all the events respectively. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text and output to a writer. + + + If the caller does not have a and prefers the + event to be formatted as a then the following + code can be used to format the event into a . + + + StringWriter writer = new StringWriter(); + Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent); + string formattedEvent = writer.ToString(); + + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain". + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + + + + The header text + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + The footer text + + + + See for more information. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions + + + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + Empty default constructor + + + + + + Activate component options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + This method must be implemented by the subclass. + + + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + The event to format + + + This method is called by an appender to format + the as text. + + + + + + The content type output by this layout. + + The content type is "text/plain" + + + The content type output by this layout. + + + This base class uses the value "text/plain". + To change this value a subclass must override this + property. + + + + + + The header for the layout format. + + the layout header + + + The Header text will be appended before any logging events + are formatted and appended. + + + + + + The footer for the layout format. + + the layout footer + + + The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events + have been formatted and appended. + + + + + + Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions + + false if this layout handles exceptions + + + If this layout handles the exception object contained within + , then the layout should return + false. Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception + object, then the layout should return true. + + + Set this value to override a this default setting. The default + value is true, this layout does not handle the exception. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Constructs a ExceptionLayout + + + + + + Activate component options + + + + Part of the component activation + framework. + + + This method does nothing as options become effective immediately. + + + + + + Gets the exception text from the logging event + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + the event being logged + + + Write the exception string to the . + The exception string is retrieved from . + + + + + + Interface for raw layout objects + + + + Interface used to format a + to an object. + + + This interface should not be confused with the + interface. This interface is used in + only certain specialized situations where a raw object is + required rather than a formatted string. The + is not generally useful than this interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Implement this method to create your own layout format. + + + + + + Adapts any to a + + + + Where an is required this adapter + allows a to be specified. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The layout to adapt + + + + + Construct a new adapter + + the layout to adapt + + + Create the adapter for the specified . + + + + + + Format the logging event as an object. + + The event to format + returns the formatted event + + + Format the logging event as an object. + + + Uses the object supplied to + the constructor to perform the formatting. + + + + + + A flexible layout configurable with pattern string. + + + + The goal of this class is to a + as a string. The results + depend on the conversion pattern. + + + The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion + pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is + composed of literal text and format control expressions called + conversion specifiers. + + + You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion + pattern. + + + Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is + followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion + pattern name. The conversion pattern name specifies the type of + data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format + modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and + right justification. The following is a simple example. + + + Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume + that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the + statements + + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp)); + log.Debug("Message 1"); + log.Warn("Message 2"); + + would yield the output + + DEBUG [main]: Message 1 + WARN [main]: Message 2 + + + Note that there is no explicit separator between text and + conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached + the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion + character. In the example above the conversion specifier + %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left + justified to a width of five characters. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + a + Equivalent to appdomain + + + appdomain + + Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the + logging event was generated. + + + + c + Equivalent to logger + + + C + Equivalent to type + + + class + Equivalent to type + + + d + Equivalent to date + + + date + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + exception + + + Used to output the exception passed in with the log message. + + + If an exception object is stored in the logging event + it will be rendered into the pattern output with a + trailing newline. + If there is no exception then nothing will be output + and no trailing newline will be appended. + It is typical to put a newline before the exception + and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern. + + + + + F + Equivalent to file + + + file + + + Used to output the file name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the user name for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + WARNING Generating caller information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + l + Equivalent to location + + + L + Equivalent to line + + + location + + + Used to output location information of the caller which generated + the logging event. + + + The location information depends on the CLI implementation but + usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling + method followed by the callers source the file name and line + number between parentheses. + + + The location information can be very useful. However, its + generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided + unless execution speed is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + level + + + Used to output the level of the logging event. + + + + + line + + + Used to output the line number from where the logging request + was issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + logger + + + Used to output the logger of the logging event. The + logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by + precision specifier, that is a decimal constant in + brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the logger name will be + printed. By default the logger name is printed in full. + + + For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern + %logger{2} will output "b.c". + + + + + m + Equivalent to message + + + M + Equivalent to method + + + message + + + Used to output the application supplied message associated with + the logging event. + + + + + mdc + + + The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the + combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility + but is equivalent to property. + + + + + method + + + Used to output the method name where the logging request was + issued. + + + WARNING Generating caller location information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + n + Equivalent to newline + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + ndc + + + Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated + with the thread that generated the logging event. + + + + + p + Equivalent to level + + + P + Equivalent to property + + + properties + Equivalent to property + + + property + + + Used to output the an event specific property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the event properties + + The event has that can be set. These + properties are specific to this event only. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + + r + Equivalent to timestamp + + + t + Equivalent to thread + + + timestamp + + + Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start + of the application until the creation of the logging event. + + + + + thread + + + Used to output the name of the thread that generated the + logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available. + + + + + type + + + Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller + issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier + can be optionally followed by precision specifier, that + is a decimal constant in brackets. + + + If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding + number of right most components of the class name will be + printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form. + + + For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the + pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout". + + + WARNING Generating the caller class information is + slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is + not an issue. + + + See the note below on the availability of caller location information. + + + + + u + Equivalent to identity + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is + extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed + is not an issue. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + w + Equivalent to username + + + x + Equivalent to ndc + + + X + Equivalent to mdc + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the + longer more descriptive pattern names. + + + By default the relevant information is output as is. However, + with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the + minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification. + + + The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign + and the conversion pattern name. + + + The first optional format modifier is the left justification + flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the + optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal + constant that represents the minimum number of characters to + output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on + either the left or the right until the minimum width is + reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you + can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The + padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the + minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the + data. The value is never truncated. + + + This behavior can be changed using the maximum field + width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a + decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum + field, then the extra characters are removed from the + beginning of the data item and not from the end. For + example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is + ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item + are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C + where truncation is done from the end. + + + Below are various format modifier examples for the logger + conversion specifier. + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Format modifierleft justifyminimum widthmaximum widthcomment
%20loggerfalse20none + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20 + characters long. + +
%-20loggertrue20none + + Right pad with spaces if the logger + name is less than 20 characters long. + +
%.30loggerNAnone30 + + Truncate from the beginning if the logger + name is longer than 30 characters. + +
%20.30loggerfalse2030 + + Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
%-20.30loggertrue2030 + + Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20 + characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters, + then truncate from the beginning. + +
+
+ + Note about caller location information.
+ The following patterns %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M + all generate caller location information. + Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate + a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack. + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the + .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not + available on that framework. + + + + + The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds: + + + "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations. + By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The + debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column + information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace + might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations + that occur during optimization." + + + This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may + not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build. + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using the method. + + + + This is a more detailed pattern. + %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline + + + A similar pattern except that the relative time is + right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if + less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger + name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if + longer. + %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Douglas de la Torre + Daniel Cazzulino + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + + + + Default pattern string for log output. + Currently set to the string "%message%newline" + which just prints the application supplied message. + + + + + + A detailed conversion pattern + + + + A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context. + Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline. + + + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map + + + + + + the pattern + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternLayout only + + + + + Initialize the global registry + + + + Defines the builtin global rules. + + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern + + + + The default pattern just produces the application supplied message. + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + As per the contract the + method must be called after the properties on this object have been + configured. + + + + + + Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern + + the pattern to use + + + Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method + . If you override this method be + aware that it will be called before your is called constructor. + + + When using this constructor the method + need not be called. This may not be the case when using a subclass. + + + + + + Create the pattern parser instance + + the pattern to parse + The that will format the event + + + Creates the used to parse the conversion string. Sets the + global and instance rules on the . + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + the event being logged + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Parse the using the patter format + specified in the property. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternLayout + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternLayout + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This + converter will be used in the formatting of the event. + This method must be called before . + + + The specified must extend the + type. + + + + + + The pattern formatting string + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + Pattern converter info class used during configuration to + pass to the + method. + + + + + + default constructor + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern + + + + The name of the pattern in the format string + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter + + + + The value specified must extend the + type. + + + + + + Type converter for the interface + + + + Used to convert objects to the interface. + Supports converting from the interface to + the interface using the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types + to a single target type. See . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the can be converted to the + type supported by this converter. + + + + + + Convert the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Converts the to the type supported + by this converter. + + + + + + Can the sourceType be converted to an + + the source to be to be converted + true if the source type can be converted to + + + Test if the can be converted to a + . Only is supported + as the . + + + + + + Convert the value to a object + + the value to convert + the object + + + Convert the object to a + object. If the object + is a then the + is used to adapt between the two interfaces, otherwise an + exception is thrown. + + + + + + Extract the value of a property from the + + + + Extract the value of a property from the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructs a RawPropertyLayout + + + + + Lookup the property for + + The event to format + returns property value + + + Looks up and returns the object value of the property + named . If there is no property defined + with than name then null will be returned. + + + + + + The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection. + + + Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection + + + + String name of the property to lookup in the . + + + + + + Extract the date from the + + + + Extract the date from the + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout + + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + Gets the as a . + + + The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp + in universal time use . + + + + + + Extract the date from the + + + + Extract the date from the + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout + + + + + Gets the as a . + + The event to format + returns the time stamp + + + Gets the as a . + + + The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp + in local time use . + + + + + + A very simple layout + + + + SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example, + + DEBUG - Hello world + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructs a SimpleLayout + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a simple formatted output. + + the event being logged + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Formats the event as the level of the even, + followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The + output is terminated by a newline. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + The output of the consists of a series of + log4net:event elements. It does not output a complete well-formed XML + file. The output is designed to be included as an external entity + in a separate file to form a correct XML file. + + + For example, if abc is the name of the file where + the output goes, then a well-formed XML file would + be: + + + <?xml version="1.0" ?> + + <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]> + + <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2> + &data; + </log4net:events> + + + This approach enforces the independence of the + and the appender where it is embedded. + + + The version attribute helps components to correctly + interpret output generated by . The value of + this attribute should be "1.2" for release 1.2 and later. + + + Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be + configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag. + When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential + that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data + will become invalid XML. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements. + + + + This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation + to conform to a specific schema. + + + Deriving classes must implement the method. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with no location info. + + + + + + Protected constructor to support subclasses + + + + The parameter determines whether + location information will be output by the layout. If + is set to true, then the + file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string. + + The event being logged. + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the and write it to the . + + + This method creates an that writes to the + . The is passed + to the method. Subclasses should override the + method rather than this method. + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Subclasses should override this method to format + the as XML. + + + + + + Flag to indicate if location information should be included in + the XML events. + + + + + Writer adapter that ignores Close + + + + + The string to replace invalid chars with + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in + the XML events. + + + true if location information should be included in the XML + events; otherwise, false. + + + + If is set to true, then the file + name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log + statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with. + + + Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the + string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it + to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more + details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets + Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names + and the property values. + + + + + + + Gets the content type output by this layout. + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml". + + + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout + + + + + Constructs an XmlLayout. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Initialize layout options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + Builds a cache of the element names + + + + + + Does the actual writing of the XML. + + The writer to use to output the event to. + The event to write. + + + Override the base class method + to write the to the . + + + + + + The prefix to use for all generated element names + + + + + The prefix to use for all element names + + + + The default prefix is log4net. Set this property + to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string + then no prefix will be written. + + + + + + Set whether or not to base64 encode the message. + + + + By default the log message will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary + data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be + base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the log message. + + + + + + Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values. + + + + By default the properties will be written as text to the xml + output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain + binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties + will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement + (see ) will not be performed + on the property values. + + + + + + Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema + + + + Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The 1st of January 1970 in UTC + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j + + + + + Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j. + + + + The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By + default, it is set to false which means there will be no location + information output by this layout. If the the option is set to + true, then the file name and line number of the statement + at the origin of the log statement will be output. + + + If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender + then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that + appender as well. + + + + + + Actually do the writing of the xml + + the writer to use + the event to write + + + Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema. + + + + + + The version of the log4j schema to use. + + + + Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported. + + + + + + The default object Renderer. + + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings. + + + See the method for details of the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings + + + + Certain types require special case conversion to + string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer. + Object renderers implement the + interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Render the object to a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a + string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Render the object to a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + The object to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the object to a string. + + + The parameter is + provided to lookup and render other objects. This is + very useful where contains + nested objects of unknown type. The + method can be used to render these objects. + + + The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows: + + + + Value + Rendered String + + + null + + "(null)" + + + + + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + , & + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. + + + For example: {a, b, c}. + + + All collection classes that implement its subclasses, + or generic equivalents all implement the interface. + + + + + + + + Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). + + + For example: key=value. + + + + + other + + Object.ToString() + + + + + + + + Render the array argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the array to render + The writer to render to + + + For a one dimensional array this is the + array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + int[] {1, 2, 3}. + + + If the array is not one dimensional the + Array.ToString() is returned. + + + + + + Render the enumerator argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the enumerator to render + The writer to render to + + + Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma + separated list of the elements (using the appropriate + renderer), followed by a close brace. For example: + {a, b, c}. + + + + + + Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string + + The map used to lookup renderers + the DictionaryEntry to render + The writer to render to + + + Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate + renderer). For example: key=value. + + + + + + Map class objects to an . + + + + Maintains a mapping between types that require special + rendering and the that + is used to render them. + + + The method is used to render an + object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Render using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + the object rendered as a string + + + This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string. + The alternative method + should be used when streaming output to a . + + + + + + Render using the appropriate renderer. + + the object to render to a string + The writer to render to + + + Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the + parameter. This is accomplished by calling the + method. Once a renderer is found, it is + applied on the object and the result is returned + as a . + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type + + the object to lookup the renderer for + the renderer for + + + Gets the renderer for the specified object type. + + + Syntactic sugar method that calls + with the type of the object parameter. + + + + + + Gets the renderer for the specified type + + the type to lookup the renderer for + the renderer for the specified type + + + Returns the renderer for the specified type. + If no specific renderer has been defined the + will be returned. + + + + + + Internal function to recursively search interfaces + + the type to lookup the renderer for + the renderer for the specified type + + + + Clear the map of renderers + + + + Clear the custom renderers defined by using + . The + cannot be removed. + + + + + + Register an for . + + the type that will be rendered by + the renderer for + + + Register an object renderer for a specific source type. + This renderer will be returned from a call to + specifying the same as an argument. + + + + + + Get the default renderer instance + + the default renderer + + + Get the default renderer + + + + + + Interface implemented by logger repository plugins. + + + + Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated + with a . + The held by the + property is used to store the plugins for a repository. + + + The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to + attach plugins to repositories created using configuration + attributes. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Attaches the plugin to the specified . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + Gets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance. + + list to create a readonly wrapper arround + + A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that is empty and has the default initial capacity. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that has the specified initial capacity. + + + The number of elements that the new PluginCollection is initially capable of storing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified array. + + The array whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class + that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors + + + + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + + + + Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional + array, starting at the specified index of the target array. + + The one-dimensional array to copy to. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + + + + Adds a to the end of the PluginCollection. + + The to be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes all elements from the PluginCollection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A new with a shallow copy of the collection data. + + + + Determines whether a given is in the PluginCollection. + + The to check for. + true if is found in the PluginCollection; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a + in the PluginCollection. + + The to locate in the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of + in the entire PluginCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The to insert. + + is less than zero + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the PluginCollection. + + The to remove from the PluginCollection. + + The specified was not found in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection. + + An for the entire PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection. + + The PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a array to the current PluginCollection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the current PluginCollection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the PluginCollection. + The new of the PluginCollection. + + + + Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements. + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe). + + true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + + The at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + is less than zero. + -or- + is equal to or greater than . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain. + + + + + Supports type-safe iteration over a . + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Type visible only to our subclasses + Used to access protected constructor + + + + + + A value + + + + + Supports simple iteration over a . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class. + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection. + + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; + false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + The collection was modified after the enumerator was created. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + The current element in the collection. + + + + + + + + Map of repository plugins. + + + + This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are + attached to a repository. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with a + repository that the plugins should be attached to. + + + + + + Adds a to the map. + + The to add to the map. + + + The will be attached to the repository when added. + + + If there already exists a plugin with the same name + attached to the repository then the old plugin will + be and replaced with + the new plugin. + + + + + + Removes a from the map. + + The to remove from the map. + + + Remove a specific plugin from this map. + + + + + + Gets a by name. + + The name of the to lookup. + + The from the map with the name specified, or + null if no plugin is found. + + + + Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null + will be returned. + + + + + + Gets all possible plugins as a list of objects. + + All possible plugins as a list of objects. + + + Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map. + + + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the + interface. This base class can be used by implementors + of the interface. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + the name of the plugin + + Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name. + + + + + Attaches this plugin to a . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + This method is called to notify the plugin that + it should stop operating and should detach from + the repository. + + + + + + The name of this plugin. + + + + + The repository this plugin is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the plugin. + + + The name of the plugin. + + + + Plugins are stored in the + keyed by name. Each plugin instance attached to a + repository must be a unique name. + + + The name of the plugin must not change one the + plugin has been attached to a repository. + + + + + + The repository for this plugin + + + The that this plugin is attached to. + + + + Gets or sets the that this plugin is + attached to. + + + + + + Plugin that listens for events from the + + + + This plugin publishes an instance of + on a specified . This listens for logging events delivered from + a remote . + + + When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository + as if it had been raised locally. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The property must be set. + + + + + + Construct with sink Uri. + + The name to publish the sink under in the remoting infrastructure. + See for more details. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with specified name. + + + + + + Attaches this plugin to a . + + The that this plugin should be attached to. + + + A plugin may only be attached to a single repository. + + + This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository. + + + + + + Is called when the plugin is to shutdown. + + + + When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging + sink is disconnected. + + + + + + Gets or sets the URI of this sink. + + + The URI of this sink. + + + + This is the name under which the object is marshaled. + + + + + + + Delivers objects to a remote sink. + + + + Internal class used to listen for logging events + and deliver them to the local repository. + + + + + + Constructor + + The repository to log to. + + + Initializes a new instance of the for the + specified . + + + + + + Logs the events to the repository. + + The events to log. + + + The events passed are logged to the + + + + + + Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime + policy for this instance. + + null to indicate that this instance should live forever. + + + Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime + policy for this instance. This object should live forever + therefore this implementation returns null. + + + + + + The underlying that events should + be logged to. + + + + + Default implementation of + + + + This default implementation of the + interface is used to create the default subclass + of the object. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface abstracts creation of instances + + + + This interface is used by the to + create new objects. + + + The method is called + to create a named . + + + Implement this interface to create new subclasses of . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new instance + + The name of the . + The instance for the specified name. + + + Create a new instance with the + specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + If the is null then the root logger + must be returned. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Create a new instance + + The name of the . + The instance for the specified name. + + + Create a new instance with the + specified name. + + + Called by the to create + new named instances. + + + If the is null then the root logger + must be returned. + + + + + + Default internal subclass of + + + + This subclass has no additional behavior over the + class but does allow instances + to be created. + + + + + + Implementation of used by + + + + Internal class used to provide implementation of + interface. Applications should use to get + logger instances. + + + This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the + distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their + evaluation. The organizes the + instances into a rooted tree hierarchy. + + + The class is abstract. Only concrete subclasses of + can be created. The + is used to create instances of this type for the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Aspi Havewala + Douglas de la Torre + + + + This constructor created a new instance and + sets its name. + + The name of the . + + + This constructor is protected and designed to be used by + a subclass that is not abstract. + + + Loggers are constructed by + objects. See for the default + logger creator. + + + + + + Add to the list of appenders of this + Logger instance. + + An appender to add to this logger + + + Add to the list of appenders of this + Logger instance. + + + If is already in the list of + appenders, then it won't be added again. + + + + + + Look for the appender named as name + + The name of the appender to lookup + The appender with the name specified, or null. + + + Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found. + + + + + + Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. + + + + Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance. + + + This is useful when re-reading configuration information. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove + The appender removed from the list + + + Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders. + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generate a logging event for the specified using + the and . + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used + by wrappers. + + The event being logged. + + + Logs the specified logging event through this logger. + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Checks if this logger is enabled for a given passed as parameter. + + The level to check. + + true if this logger is enabled for level, otherwise false. + + + + Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified . + + + This method must not throw any exception to the caller. + + + + + + Deliver the to the attached appenders. + + The event to log. + + + Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at + this. If no appenders could be found, emit a + warning. + + + This method calls all the appenders inherited from the + hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not + to log the particular log request. + + + + + + Closes all attached appenders implementing the interface. + + + + Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown. + + + + + + This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers + + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generate a logging event for the specified using + the . + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The declaring type of the method that is + the stack boundary into the logging system for this call. + The level of the message to be logged. + The message object to log. + The exception to log, including its stack trace. + + + Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached + appenders. + + + + + + Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks. + + The event being logged. + + + Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders. + + + + + + The fully qualified type of the Logger class. + + + + + The name of this logger. + + + + + The assigned level of this logger. + + + + The level variable need not be + assigned a value in which case it is inherited + form the hierarchy. + + + + + + The parent of this logger. + + + + The parent of this logger. + All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger. + + + + + + Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. + + + + Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in. + The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored + here. + + + + + + Helper implementation of the interface + + + + + Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders + + + + Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit + the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is + set to false then the appenders found in the + ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children + of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children + have their additivity flag set to false too. See + the user manual for more details. + + + + + + Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl + + + + + Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + The parent logger in the hierarchy. + + + + Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy. + The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders. + + + + Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit + the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is + set to false then the appenders found in the + ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children + of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children + have their additivity flag set to false too. See + the user manual for more details. + + + + + + Gets the effective level for this logger. + + The nearest level in the logger hierarchy. + + + Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a + non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the + root logger. + + The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as + quickly as possible. + + + + + Gets or sets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + The hierarchy that this logger belongs to. + + + This logger must be attached to a single . + + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned , if any, for this Logger. + + + The of this logger. + + + + The assigned can be null. + + + + + + Get the appenders contained in this logger as an + . + + A collection of the appenders in this logger + + + Get the appenders contained in this logger as an + . If no appenders + can be found, then a is returned. + + + + + + Gets the logger name. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + The name of this logger + + + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + The that this logger belongs to. + + + + Gets the where this + Logger instance is attached to. + + + + + + Construct a new Logger + + the name of the logger + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. + + The in which the has been created. + The event args that hold the instance that has been created. + + + Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications. + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + A event is raised every time a + is created. + + + + + + The created + + + + + Constructor + + The that has been created. + + + Initializes a new instance of the event argument + class,with the specified . + + + + + + Gets the that has been created. + + + The that has been created. + + + + The that has been created. + + + + + + Hierarchical organization of loggers + + + + The casual user should not have to deal with this class + directly. + + + This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and + also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the + interface. + + + The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the + method. The hierarchy is such that children + link to their parent but parents do not have any references to their + children. Moreover, loggers can be instantiated in any order, in + particular descendant before ancestor. + + + In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor, + then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself + to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add + themselves to the previously created provision node. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Base implementation of + + + + Default abstract implementation of the interface. + + + Skeleton implementation of the interface. + All types can extend this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Interface implemented by logger repositories. + + + + This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g. + . + + + This interface is used by the + to obtain interfaces. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise + null is returned. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array. + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array. + + + + + + Returns a named logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Returns a named logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + Shutdown the repository + + + Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Reset the repositories configuration to a default state + + + + Reset all values contained in this instance to their + default state. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the through this repository. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + All the Appenders + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + + + + + The name of the repository + + + The name of the repository + + + + The name of the repository. + + + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and + objects. + + + + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + + The plugin map holds the instances + that have been attached to this repository. + + + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + The level map defines the mappings between + level names and objects in + this repository. + + + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository. + + + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + + Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been + reset to default. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. + + + + + + Repository specific properties + + + Repository specific properties + + + + These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis. + + + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties. + + + + + + Construct the repository using specific properties + + the properties to set for this repository + + + Initializes the repository with specified properties. + + + + + + Test if logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + Return a new logger instance. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Shutdown the repository + + + + Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass. + This base class implementation notifies the + listeners and all attached plugins of the shutdown event. + + + + + + Reset the repositories configuration to a default state + + + + Reset all values contained in this instance to their + default state. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this repository. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + All the Appenders + + + Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array. + + + + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + The type that will be rendered by the renderer supplied. + The object renderer used to render the object. + + + Adds an object renderer for a specific class. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset. + + + + + + Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed + + Empty EventArgs + + + Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed. + + + + + + Raise a configuration changed event on this repository + + EventArgs.Empty + + + Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should + raise this event notification to notify listeners. + + + + + + The name of the repository + + + The string name of the repository + + + + The name of this repository. The name is + used to store and lookup the repositories + stored by the . + + + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + The threshold for all events in this repository + + + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + + RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository. + + + The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and + objects. + + + + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + The plugin map for this repository. + + + + The plugin map holds the instances + that have been attached to this repository. + + + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + + Get the level map for the Repository. + + + The level map defines the mappings between + level names and objects in + this repository. + + + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + Flag indicates if this repository has been configured. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown. + + + + Event raised when the repository has been shutdown. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been + reset to default. + + + + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed. + + + + Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed. + + + + + + Repository specific properties + + + Repository specific properties + + + These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis + + + + + Basic Configurator interface for repositories + + + + Interface used by basic configurator to configure a + with a default . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + Configure the repository to route all logging events to the + specified appender. + + + + + + Configure repository using XML + + + + Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a . + + + A should implement this interface to support + configuration by the . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initialize the repository using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by + the implementation. + + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Construct with properties + + The properties to pass to this repository. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Construct with a logger factory + + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified . + + + + + + Construct with properties and a logger factory + + The properties to pass to this repository. + The factory to use to create new logger instances. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified . + + + + + + Test if a logger exists + + The name of the logger to lookup + The Logger object with the name specified + + + Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return + its reference, otherwise returns null. + + + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array + + All the defined loggers + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array. + The root logger is not included in the returned + enumeration. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + the default factory. + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + the default factory. + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and + then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children. + + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The logger object with the name specified + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + + Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove + all appenders in all loggers including the root logger. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the + application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be + lost. + + + The Shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default. + + + + Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their + default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set its default "off" value. + + + Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset. + + + This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will + block all logging until it is completed. + + + + + + Log the logEvent through this hierarchy. + + the event to log + + + This method should not normally be used to log. + The interface should be used + for routine logging. This interface can be obtained + using the method. + + + The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and + that logger is then responsible for logging the event. + + + + + + Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured + + An array containing all the currently configured appenders + + + Returns all the instances that are currently configured. + All the loggers are searched for appenders. The appenders may also be containers + for appenders and these are also searched for additional loggers. + + + The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates. + + + + + + Collect the appenders from an . + The appender may also be a container. + + + + + + + Collect the appenders from an container + + + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender + + the appender to use to log all logging events + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + + Initialize the log4net system using the specified config + + the element containing the root of the config + + + This method provides the same functionality as the + method implemented + on this object, but it is protected and therefore can be called by subclasses. + + + + + + Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified . + + The level to check against. + + true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise. + + + + If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will + always return true. + + + This method will return true if this repository is + disabled for level object passed as parameter and + false otherwise. + + + See also the property. + + + + + + Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable + + + + This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal + hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the + logger hierarchy. + + + You should really know what you are doing before + invoking this method. + + + + + + Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using + . + + The name of the logger to retrieve + The factory that will make the new logger instance + The logger object with the name specified + + + If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be + returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the + parameter and linked with its existing + ancestors as well as children. + + + + + + Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners + + The newly created logger + + Raises the logger creation event. + + + + + Updates all the parents of the specified logger + + The logger to update the parents for + + + This method loops through all the potential parents of + . There 3 possible cases: + + + + No entry for the potential parent of exists + + We create a ProvisionNode for this potential + parent and insert in that provision node. + + + + The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent. + + The entry is 's nearest existing parent. We + update 's parent field with this entry. We also break from + he loop because updating our parent's parent is our parent's + responsibility. + + + + The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent. + + We add to the list of children for this + potential parent. + + + + + + + + Replace a with a in the hierarchy. + + + + + + We update the links for all the children that placed themselves + in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a + reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the + children in 'pn'. + + + We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'. + + + If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of + 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'. + + + Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set + c's parent field to log. + + + + + + Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument + + the level values + + + Define or redefine a Level using the values in the argument + + + Supports setting levels via the configuration file. + + + + + + Set a Property using the values in the argument + + the property value + + + Set a Property using the values in the argument. + + + Supports setting property values via the configuration file. + + + + + + Event used to notify that a logger has been created. + + + + Event raised when a logger is created. + + + + + + Has no appender warning been emitted + + + + Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning + about not having an appender warning. + + + + + + Get the root of this hierarchy + + + + Get the root of this hierarchy. + + + + + + Gets or sets the default instance. + + The default + + + The logger factory is used to create logger instances. + + + + + + A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level + + + + A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level + + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + Value of the level + + + + If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked + up for the current level with the same name. + + + + + + Name of the level + + + The name of the level + + + + The name of the level. + + + + + + Display name for the level + + + The display name of the level + + + + The display name of the level. + + + + + + A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file + + + + A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file + + + + + + Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info + + string info about this object + + + + Property Key + + + Property Key + + + + Property Key. + + + + + + Property Value + + + Property Value + + + + Property Value. + + + + + + Used internally to accelerate hash table searches. + + + + Internal class used to improve performance of + string keyed hashtables. + + + The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse. + The string is stored as an interned value. + When comparing two objects for equality + the reference equality of the interned strings is compared. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct key with string name + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified name. + + + Stores the hashcode of the string and interns + the string key to optimize comparisons. + + + The Compact Framework 1.0 the + method does not work. On the Compact Framework + the string keys are not interned nor are they + compared by reference. + + + The name of the logger. + + + + Returns a hash code for the current instance. + + A hash code for the current instance. + + + Returns the cached hashcode. + + + + + + Determines whether two instances + are equal. + + The to compare with the current . + + true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. + + + + Compares the references of the interned strings. + + + + + + Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified + + + + instances are used in the + when there is no specified + for that node. + + + A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of + a logger that does not exist. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Create a new provision node with child node + + A child logger to add to this node. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified child logger. + + + + + + The sits at the root of the logger hierarchy tree. + + + + The is a regular except + that it provides several guarantees. + + + First, it cannot be assigned a null + level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the + property always returns the value of the + level field without walking the hierarchy. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct a + + The level to assign to the root logger. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified logging level. + + + The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root + logger cannot be retrieved by name. + + + + + + Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy. + + + Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level + must not be null this property just returns the + value of . + + + + + + Gets or sets the assigned for the root logger. + + + The of the root logger. + + + + Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference + may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here. + + + + + + Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM. + + + + Configures a using an XML DOM. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Construct the configurator for a hierarchy + + The hierarchy to build. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified . + + + + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + The root element to parse. + + + Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements. + + + + + + Parse appenders by IDREF. + + The appender ref element. + The instance of the appender that the ref refers to. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender. + + + + + + Parses an appender element. + + The appender element. + The appender instance or null when parsing failed. + + + Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return + the appender instance. + + + + + + Parses a logger element. + + The logger element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a logger. + + + + + + Parses the root logger element. + + The root element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents the root logger. + + + + + + Parses the children of a logger element. + + The category element. + The logger instance. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse the child elements of a <logger> element. + + + + + + Parses an object renderer. + + The renderer element. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a renderer. + + + + + + Parses a level element. + + The level element. + The logger object to set the level on. + Flag to indicate if the logger is the root logger. + + + Parse an XML element that represents a level. + + + + + + Sets a parameter on an object. + + The parameter element. + The object to set the parameter on. + + The parameter name must correspond to a writable property + on the object. The value of the parameter is a string, + therefore this function will attempt to set a string + property first. If unable to set a string property it + will inspect the property and its argument type. It will + attempt to call a static method called Parse on the + type of the property. This method will take a single + string argument and return a value that can be used to + set the property. + + + + + Test if an element has no attributes or child elements + + the element to inspect + true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise + + + + Test if a is constructible with Activator.CreateInstance. + + the type to inspect + true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise + + + + Look for a method on the that matches the supplied + + the type that has the method + the name of the method + the method info found + + + The method must be a public instance method on the . + The method must be named or "Add" followed by . + The method must take a single parameter. + + + + + + Converts a string value to a target type. + + The type of object to convert the string to. + The string value to use as the value of the object. + + + An object of type with value or + null when the conversion could not be performed. + + + + + + Creates an object as specified in XML. + + The XML element that contains the definition of the object. + The object type to use if not explicitly specified. + The type that the returned object must be or must inherit from. + The object or null + + + Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration + data. + + + The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not + specified then the is used + as the type. However the type is specified it must support the + type. + + + + + + key: appenderName, value: appender. + + + + + The Hierarchy being configured. + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications + + The that is shutting down. + Empty event args + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications + + The that has had its configuration reset. + Empty event args + + + Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications. + + + + + + Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. + + The that has had its configuration changed. + Empty event arguments. + + + Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes. + + + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output . + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time to the writer as a string. + + + The value of the determines + the formatting of the date. The following values are allowed: + + + Option value + Output + + + ISO8601 + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern. + + + + DATE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459". + + + + ABSOLUTE + + Uses the formatter. + Formats using the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459". + + + + other + + Any other pattern string uses the formatter. + This formatter passes the pattern string to the + method. + For details on valid patterns see + DateTimeFormatInfo Class. + + + + + + The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone. + To output the time in Universal time see . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + The used to render the date to a string + + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current date to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date and time passed is in the local time zone. + + + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + + + Write an environment variable to the output writer. + The value of the determines + the name of the variable to output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write an environment variable to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the environment variable to the output . + The name of the environment variable to output must be set + using the + property. + + + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current thread identity to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Writes the current thread identity to the output . + + + + + + Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern + + + + Writes the literal string value specified in the + property to + the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Set the next converter in the chain + + The next pattern converter in the chain + The next pattern converter + + + Special case the building of the pattern converter chain + for instances. Two adjacent + literals in the pattern can be represented by a single combined + pattern converter. This implementation detects when a + is added to the chain + after this converter and combines its value with this converter's + literal value. + + + + + + Write the literal to the output + + the writer to write to + null, not set + + + Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo + because we have a literal instead. + + + Writes the value of + to the output . + + + + + + Convert this pattern into the rendered message + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, not set + + + This method is not used. + + + + + + Writes a newline to the output + + + + Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output. + This behavior can be overridden by setting the : + + + + Option Value + Output + + + DOS + DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n" + + + UNIX + UNIX line terminator "\n" + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialize the converter + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + + + Write the current process ID to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current process ID to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current process ID to the output . + + + + + + Property pattern converter + + + + This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties. + The thread properties take priority over global properties. + See for details of the + thread properties. See for + details of the global properties. + + + If the is specified then that will be used to + lookup a single property. If no is specified + then all properties will be dumped as a list of key value pairs. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the property value to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Writes out the value of a named property. The property name + should be set in the + property. + + + If the is set to null + then all the properties are written as key value pairs. + + + + + + A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters + + + + The converter generates a string of random characters. By default + the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the + to the string value of the length required. + + + The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters + and numbers only. + + + The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Shared random number generator + + + + + Length of random string to generate. Default length 4. + + + + + Initialize the converter options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Write a randoim string to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write a randoim string to the output . + + + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + + + Write the current threads username to the output writer + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current threads username to the output + + the writer to write to + null, state is not set + + + Write the current threads username to the output . + + + + + + Write the UTC date time to the output + + + + Date pattern converter, uses a to format + the current date and time in Universal time. + + + See the for details on the date pattern syntax. + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Write the current date and time to the output + + that will receive the formatted result. + null, state is not set + + + Pass the current date and time to the + for it to render it to the writer. + + + The date is in Universal time when it is rendered. + + + + + + + Type converter for Boolean. + + + + Supports conversion from string to bool type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Convert the source object to the type supported by this object + + the object to convert + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Exception base type for conversion errors. + + + + This type extends . It + does not add any new functionality but does differentiate the + type of exception being thrown. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message. + + + + + + Constructor + + A message to include with the exception. + A nested exception to include. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and inner exception. + + + + + + Serialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The conversion destination type. + The value to convert. + A nested exception to include. + An instance of the . + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Register of type converters for specific types. + + + + Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between + types. + + + Use the and + methods to register new converters. + The and methods + lookup appropriate converters to use. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Private constructor + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor. + + + + This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters. + + + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + Adds a converter instance for a specific type. + + + + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + The type being converted to. + The type of the type converter to use to convert to the destination type. + + + Adds a converter for a specific type. + + + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted from. + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type. + + + + + + Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the + destination type. + + The type being converted to. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + + Creates the instance of the type converter. + + The type of the type converter. + + The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null + if no type converter is found. + + + + The type specified for the type converter must implement + the or interfaces + and must have a public default (no argument) constructor. + + + + + + Mapping from to type converter. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an encoding + the encoding + + + Uses the method to + convert the argument to an . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Interface supported by type converters + + + + This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types. + See . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type + + A Type that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the + . + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Converts the (which must be of the type supported + by this converter) to the specified.. + + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to an IPAddress + the IPAddress + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to an . + If that fails then the string is resolved as a DNS hostname. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets) + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternLayout + the PatternLayout + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Convert between string and + + + + Supports conversion from string to type, + and from a type to a string. + + + The string is used as the + of the . + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object + + A that represents the type you want to convert to + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + assignable from a type. + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments + + the object to convert + The Type to convert the value parameter to + the converted object + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + . To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a PatternString + the PatternString + + + Creates and returns a new using + the as the + . + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + Supports conversion from string to type. + + + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object + + the type to convert + true if the conversion is possible + + + Returns true if the is + the type. + + + + + + Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom. + + the object to convert to a Type + the Type + + + Uses the method to convert the + argument to a . + Additional effort is made to locate partially specified types + by searching the loaded assemblies. + + + + The object cannot be converted to the + target type. To check for this condition use the + method. + + + + + Attribute used to associate a type converter + + + + Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter + to use with the associated type. + + + To associate a type converter with a target type apply a + TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the + type of the type converter on the attribute. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Default constructor + + + + + + Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name + + The string type name of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type + + The type of the type converter + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + The string type name of the type converter + + + + The type specified must implement the + or the interfaces. + + + + + + A straightforward implementation of the interface. + + + + This is the default implementation of the + interface. Implementors of the interface + should aggregate an instance of this type. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The event being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Append on on all attached appenders. + + The array of events being logged. + The number of appenders called. + + + Calls the method on all + attached appenders. + + + + + + Calls the DoAppende method on the with + the objects supplied. + + The appender + The events + + + If the supports the + interface then the will be passed + through using that interface. Otherwise the + objects in the array will be passed one at a time. + + + + + + Attaches an appender. + + The appender to add. + + + If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again. + + + + + + Gets an attached appender with the specified name. + + The name of the appender to get. + + The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the + specified name is found. + + + + Lookup an attached appender by name. + + + + + + Removes all attached appenders. + + + + Removes and closes all attached appenders + + + + + + Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders. + + The appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders. + + The name of the appender to remove. + The appender removed from the list + + + The appender removed is not closed. + If you are discarding the appender you must call + on the appender removed. + + + + + + List of appenders + + + + + Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList + + + + + Gets all attached appenders. + + + A collection of attached appenders, or null if there + are no attached appenders. + + + + The read only collection of all currently attached appenders. + + + + + + This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together. + + + + Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of + collections. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection + + the properties to add + + + Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added + later. + + + + + + Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary + + the flattened dictionary + + + Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary + containing the resultant values for the keys. + + + + + + Gets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Looks up the value for the specified. + The collections are searched + in the order in which they were added to this collection. The value + returned is the value held by the first collection that contains + the specified key. + + + If none of the collections contain the specified key then + null is returned. + + + + + + Base class for Context Properties implementations + + + + This class defines a basic property get set accessor + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + + + + Subclass of that maintains a count of + the number of bytes written. + + + + This writer counts the number of bytes written. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + that does not leak exceptions + + + + does not throw exceptions when things go wrong. + Instead, it delegates error handling to its . + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Adapter that extends and forwards all + messages to an instance of . + + + + Adapter that extends and forwards all + messages to an instance of . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The writer to forward messages to + + + + + Create an instance of that forwards all + messages to a . + + The to forward to + + + Create an instance of that forwards all + messages to a . + + + + + + Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer + + + + + + + + + Dispose this writer + + flag indicating if we are being disposed + + + Dispose this writer + + + + + + Flushes any buffered output + + + + Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written + to the underlying device + + + + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + the data buffer + the start index + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + the value to write to the TextWriter + + + Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter + + + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + The underlying . + + + + Gets or sets the underlying . + + + + + + The Encoding in which the output is written + + + The + + + + The Encoding in which the output is written + + + + + + Gets an object that controls formatting + + + The format provider + + + + Gets an object that controls formatting + + + + + + Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter + + + The line terminator to use + + + + Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter + + + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + the error handler to report error to + + + Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + the char to write + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer + + + + + + Writes a string to the output. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + Writes a string to the output. + + + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + Closes the underlying output writer. + + + + + + The error handler instance to pass all errors to + + + + + Flag to indicate if this writer is closed + + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + The error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + true if this writer is closed, otherwise false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed. + + + + + + Constructor + + The to actually write to. + The to report errors to. + + + Creates a new instance of the class + with the specified and . + + + + + + Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the char to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written. + + the buffer to write + the start index to write from + the number of characters to write + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written. + + The string data to write to the output. + + + Overrides implementation of . Counts + the number of bytes written. + + + + + + Total number of bytes written. + + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + The total number of bytes written. + + + + Gets or sets the total number of bytes written. + + + + + + A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events. + + + + An array backed fixed size leaky bucket. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The maximum number of logging events in the buffer. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified maximum number of buffered logging events. + + + The argument is not a positive integer. + + + + Appends a to the buffer. + + The event to append to the buffer. + The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null. + + + Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then + null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped + to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned. + + + + + + Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer. + + The oldest logging event in the buffer + + + Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it + from the buffer. + + + + + + Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array. + + An array of all the logging events in the buffer. + + + Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer. + + + + + + Clear the buffer + + + + Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost. + + + + + + Gets the th oldest event currently in the buffer. + + The th oldest event currently in the buffer. + + + If is outside the range 0 to the number of events + currently in the buffer, then null is returned. + + + + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer. + + The maximum size of the buffer. + + + Gets the maximum size of the buffer + + + + + + Gets the number of logging events in the buffer. + + The number of logging events in the buffer. + + + This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to + (inclusive). + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + The singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + The singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the + interface that always represents an empty collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Copies the elements of the to an + , starting at a particular Array index. + + The one-dimensional + that is the destination of the elements copied from + . The Array must have zero-based + indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which + copying begins. + + + As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Adds an element with the provided key and value to the + . + + The to use as the key of the element to add. + The to use as the value of the element to add. + + + As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Determines whether the contains an element + with the specified key. + + The key to locate in the . + false + + + As the collection is empty the method always returns false. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection. + + + An that can be used to + iterate through the collection. + + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Removes the element with the specified key from the . + + The key of the element to remove. + + + As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A + is thrown if this method is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + The singleton instance of the empty dictionary. + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe). + + + true if access to the is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false. + + + + For the this property is always true. + + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + As the collection is empty the is always 0. + + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + An object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also + the object. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the has a fixed size. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + true + + + As the collection is empty always returns true. + + + + + + Gets an containing the keys of the . + + An containing the keys of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets an containing the values of the . + + An containing the values of the . + + + As the collection is empty a is returned. + + + + + + Gets or sets the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to get or set. + null + + + As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored. + If the index getter is called then null is returned. + A is thrown if the setter is called. + + + This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified. + + + + Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers + in conversion modifiers. + + + + Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by + the . This is used by the + objects when rendering the output. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Defaut Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified parameters. + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value. + + + The minimum value. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value. + + + The maximum value. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value. + + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled + or not. + + + A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not. + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not. + + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both + storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied. + + + This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently + and are modified infrequently. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The read only copy of the properties. + + + + This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from + reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads. + + + + + + Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Remove a property from the global context + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared + with reading a value. + + + + + + Clear the global context properties + + + + + Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties + + the current global context properties + + + This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class + stores a readonly copy of the properties. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value. + When the value is written a new read only copy of + the properties is created. + + + + + + Manages a mapping from levels to + + + + Manages an ordered mapping from instances + to subclasses. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initialise a new instance of . + + + + + + Add a to this mapping + + the entry to add + + + If a has previously been added + for the same then that entry will be + overwritten. + + + + + + Lookup the mapping for the specified level + + the level to lookup + the for the level or null if no mapping found + + + Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest + mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the + specified. + + + If no mapping could be found then null is returned. + + + + + + Initialize options + + + + Caches the sorted list of in an array + + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the value for the specified from the context. + + + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + Clear all the context properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doings so. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Get or set the property value for the specified. + + + + + + Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly. + + + + Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is + sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is + doing. + + + All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream + whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output + stream. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Static constructor that initializes logging by reading + settings from the application configuration file. + + + + The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting + controls internal debugging. This setting should be set + to true to enable debugging. + + + The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting + suppresses all internal logging including error messages. + This setting should be set to true to enable message + suppression. + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + The message to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal debug messages to the + standard output stream. + + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net: ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal warning messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal warning messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:WARN ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + All internal error messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes log4net internal error messages to the + standard error stream. + + The message to log. + An exception to log. + + + All internal debug messages are prepended with + the string "log4net:ERROR ". + + + + + + Writes output to the standard output stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported + on the Compact Framework. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Writes output to the standard error stream. + + The message to log. + + + Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace. + Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported + on the Compact Framework. + + + If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then + the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only + an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains. + + + + + + Default debug level + + + + + In quietMode not even errors generate any output. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging + is enabled or disabled. + + + true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise + false. + + + + When set to true, internal debug level logging will be + displayed. + + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration + file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. debugging is + disabled. + + + + + The following example enables internal debugging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output + from internal logging, not even for errors. + + + true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal + logging, otherwise false. + + + + When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be + suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged. + This option overrides the setting and + disables all debug also. + + This value can be set by setting the application setting + log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file. + + + The default value is false, i.e. internal logging is not + disabled. + + + + The following example disables internal logging using the + application configuration file : + + + + + + + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + true if Debug is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output. + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. + + + true if Warn is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output. + + + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + true if Error is enabled + + + + Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output. + + + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance. + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current key from the enumerator. + + + Throws an exception because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current value from the enumerator. + + The current value from the enumerator. + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + Gets the current entry from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current entry. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + An always empty . + + + + A singleton implementation of the over a collection + that is empty and not modifiable. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern. + + + + + + Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance + + false as the cannot advance. + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will always return false. + + + + + + Resets the enumerator back to the start. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection does nothing. + + + + + + The singleton instance of the . + + + + + Get the singleton instance of the . + + The singleton instance of the . + + + Gets the singleton instance of the . + + + + + + Gets the current object from the enumerator. + + + Throws an because the + never has a current value. + + + + As the enumerator is over an empty collection its + value cannot be moved over a valid position, therefore + will throw an . + + + The collection is empty and + cannot be positioned over a valid location. + + + + A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required + + + + The is a no-op implementation of the + base class. It is used where a + is required but one has not been provided. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + Singleton instance of + + + + + + Private constructor + + + + Private constructor for singleton pattern. + + + + + + Impersonate this SecurityContext + + State supplied by the caller + null + + + No impersonation is done and null is always returned. + + + + + + Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists + of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and + ignoring all subsequent errors. + + + + The error message is printed on the standard error output stream. + + + This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application + from being flooded with error messages when logging fails. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Default Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + The prefix to use for each message. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified prefix. + + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + The internal error code. + + + Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard + error output stream. + + + + + + Log an Error + + The error message. + The exception. + + + Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard + error output stream. + + + + + + Log an error + + The error message. + + + Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard + error output stream. + + + + + + Flag to indicate if it is the first error + + + + + String to prefix each message with + + + + + Is error logging enabled + + + + Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the + first error delivered to the . + + + + + + A convenience class to convert property values to specific types. + + + + Utility functions for converting types and parsing values. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Converts a string to a value. + + String to convert. + The default value. + The value of . + + + If is "true", then true is returned. + If is "false", then false is returned. + Otherwise, is returned. + + + + + + Parses a file size into a number. + + String to parse. + The default value. + The value of . + + + Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a + long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier. + + + is returned when + cannot be converted to a value. + + + + + + Converts a string to an object. + + The target type to convert to. + The string to convert to an object. + + The object converted from a string or null when the + conversion failed. + + + + Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try + to convert the string value into the specified target type. + + + + + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + The type to convert from. + The type to convert to. + true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type. + + Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type. + + + + + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + The object to convert to the target type. + The type to convert to. + The converted object. + + + Converts an object to the target type. + + + + + + Instantiates an object given a class name. + + The fully qualified class name of the object to instantiate. + The class to which the new object should belong. + The object to return in case of non-fulfillment. + + An instance of the or + if the object could not be instantiated. + + + + Checks that the is a subclass of + . If that test fails or the object could + not be instantiated, then is returned. + + + + + + Performs variable substitution in string from the + values of keys found in . + + The string on which variable substitution is performed. + The dictionary to use to lookup variables. + The result of the substitutions. + + + The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and }. + + + For example, if props contains key=value, then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}."); + + + + will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.". + + + If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution + defaults to an empty string. + + + For example, if system properties contains no value for the key + "nonExistentKey", then the call + + + + string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]"); + + + + will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []". + + + An Exception is thrown if contains a start + delimiter "${" which is not balanced by a stop delimiter "}". + + + + + + Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or + more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object. + + The type to convert to. + The enum string value. + If true, ignore case; otherwise, regard case. + An object of type whose value is represented by . + + + + Most of the work of the class + is delegated to the PatternParser class. + + + + The PatternParser processes a pattern string and + returns a chain of objects. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Constructor + + The pattern to parse. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified pattern string. + + + + + + Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. + + The head of a chain of pattern converters. + + + Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters. + + + + + + Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps + + the list of all the converter names + + + Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps + + + + + + Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches + + the pattern to parse + the converter names to match in the pattern + + + The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones. + + + + + + Process a parsed literal + + the literal text + + + + Process a parsed converter pattern + + the name of the converter + the optional option for the converter + the formatting info for the converter + + + + Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter + to the chain. + + The pattern converter to add. + + + + The first pattern converter in the chain + + + + + the last pattern converter in the chain + + + + + The pattern + + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types + + + + This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map. + + + + + + Get the converter registry used by this parser + + + The converter registry used by this parser + + + + Get the converter registry used by this parser + + + + + + Sort strings by length + + + + that orders strings by string length. + The longest strings are placed first + + + + + + This class implements a patterned string. + + + + This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded + when the string is formatted. + + + This class functions similarly to the + in that it accepts a pattern and renders it to a string. Unlike the + however the PatternString + does not render the properties of a specific but + of the process in general. + + + The recognized conversion pattern names are: + + + + Conversion Pattern Name + Effect + + + appdomain + + + Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain. + + + + + date + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone. + To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + env + + + Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value + of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable. + + + The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework. + + + + + identity + + + Used to output the user name for the currently active user + (Principal.Identity.Name). + + + + + newline + + + Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or + characters. + + + This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using + non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n". + Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator. + + + + + processid + + + Used to output the system process ID for the current process. + + + + + property + + + Used to output a specific context property. The key to + lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value + from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value + that is to be included in the log must be specified separately. + Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default + the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on + which the event was originally logged. + + + If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their + values are printed in a comma separated list. + + + The properties of an event are combined from a number of different + contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched. + + + + the thread properties + + The that are set on the current + thread. These properties are shared by all events logged on this thread. + + + + the global properties + + The that are set globally. These + properties are shared by all the threads in the AppDomain. + + + + + + + random + + + Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of + uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long. + The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the + pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string. + + + + + username + + + Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently + active user. + + + + + utcdate + + + Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time. + The date conversion + specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed + between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or + %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff}. If no date format specifier is + given then ISO8601 format is + assumed (). + + + The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the + time pattern string of the . + + + For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date + formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings + "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying + , + and respectively + . For example, + %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE}. + + + These dedicated date formatters perform significantly + better than . + + + + + % + + + The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign. + + + + + + Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific + instance using or + . + + + See the for details on the + format modifiers supported by the patterns. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types. + + + + + the pattern + + + + + the head of the pattern converter chain + + + + + patterns defined on this PatternString only + + + + + Initialize the global registry + + + + + Default constructor + + + + Initialize a new instance of + + + + + + Constructs a PatternString + + The pattern to use with this PatternString + + + Initialize a new instance of with the pattern specified. + + + + + + Initialize object options + + + + This is part of the delayed object + activation scheme. The method must + be called on this object after the configuration properties have + been set. Until is called this + object is in an undefined state and must not be used. + + + If any of the configuration properties are modified then + must be called again. + + + + + + Create the used to parse the pattern + + the pattern to parse + The + + + Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses + may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize + custom conversion pattern name. + + + + + + Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern. + + The TextWriter to write the formatted event to + + + Format the pattern to the . + + + + + + Format the pattern as a string + + the pattern formatted as a string + + + Format the pattern to a string. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + the converter info + + + This version of the method is used by the configurator. + Programmatic users should use the alternative method. + + + + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + the name of the conversion pattern for this converter + the type of the converter + + + Add a converter to this PatternString + + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern formatting string + + + The pattern formatting string + + + + The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which + controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and + conversion specifiers. + + + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types + + + + + + default constructor + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern + + + The name of the conversion pattern + + + + Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter + + + The type of the converter + + + + Gets or sets the type of the converter + + + + + + String keyed object map. + + + + While this collection is serializable only member + objects that are serializable will + be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + String keyed object map that is read only. + + + + This collection is readonly and cannot be modified. + + + While this collection is serializable only member + objects that are serializable will + be serialized along with this collection. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + The Hashtable used to store the properties data + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Copy Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Deserialization constructor + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + + + + + Gets the key names. + + An array of all the keys. + + + Gets the key names. + + + + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + the key to look for + true if the dictionary contains the specified key + + + Test if the dictionary contains a specified key + + + + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + The to populate with data. + The destination for this serialization. + + + Serializes this object into the provided. + + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + + See + + + + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + + See + + + + + + + See + + + + + + + See + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key. + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + The internal collection used to store the properties + + + + The hashtable used to store the properties + + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + The number of properties in this collection + + + + + See + + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Constructor + + properties to copy + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with serialized data. + + The that holds the serialized object data. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private. + + + + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + See + + an enumerator + + + Returns a over the contest of this collection. + + + + + + See + + the key to remove + + + Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary + + + + + + See + + the key to lookup in the collection + true if the collection contains the specified key + + + Test if this collection contains a specified key. + + + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + Remove all properties from the properties collection + + + + + + See + + the key + the value to store for the key + + + Store a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + See + + + + + + + See + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key. + + + The value of the property with the specified key. + + The key of the property to get or set. + + + The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable. + If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if + a serialization operation is performed. + + + + + + See + + + false + + + + This collection is modifiable. This property always + returns false. + + + + + + See + + + The value for the key specified. + + + + Get or set a value for the specified . + + + Thrown if the is not a string + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + A that ignores the message + + + + This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary + to protect a writer from being closed by a client. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + the writer to actually write to + + + Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer + + + + + + Attach this instance to a different underlying + + the writer to attach to + + + Attach this instance to a different underlying + + + + + + Does not close the underlying output writer. + + + + Does not close the underlying output writer. + This method does nothing. + + + + + + Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers + + + + ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource. + At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for + multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a + situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a + ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple + one-at-a-time lock, such as . + + + If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock + implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore + the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Acquires a reader lock + + + + blocks if a different thread has the writer + lock, or if at least one thread is waiting for the writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count + + + + decrements the lock count. When the count + reaches zero, the lock is released. + + + + + + Acquires the writer lock + + + + This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock. + + + + + + Decrements the lock count on the writer lock + + + + ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count. + When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released. + + + + + + A that can be and reused + + + + A that can be and reused. + This uses a single buffer for string operations. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Create an instance of + + the format provider to use + + + Create an instance of + + + + + + Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer + + flag + + + Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer + + + + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + + the maximum buffer capacity before it is trimmed + the default size to make the buffer + + + Reset this string writer so that it can be reused. + The internal buffers are cleared and reset. + + + + + + Utility class for system specific information. + + + + Utility class of static methods for system specific information. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + Alexey Solofnenko + + + + Private constructor to prevent instances. + + + + Only static methods are exposed from this type. + + + + + + Initialize default values for private static fields. + + + + Only static methods are exposed from this type. + + + + + + Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly. + + The assembly to get the location for. + The location of the assembly. + + + This method does not guarantee to return the correct path + to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to + where the assembly was loaded from. + + + + + + Gets the fully qualified name of the , including + the name of the assembly from which the was + loaded. + + The to get the fully qualified name for. + The fully qualified name for the . + + + This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property, + but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as + the full .NET runtime. + + + + + + Gets the short name of the . + + The to get the name for. + The short name of the . + + + The short name of the assembly is the + without the version, culture, or public key. i.e. it is just the + assembly's file name without the extension. + + + Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that + is not available on the Compact Framework. + + + Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do + the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get + the of the assembly so we + start from there and strip out just the assembly name. + + + + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + The to get the file name for. + The file name of the assembly. + + + Gets the file name portion of the , including the extension. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + A sibling type to use to load the type. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly + containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly + then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the + assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found + in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Loads the type specified in the type string. + + An assembly to load the type from. + The name of the type to load. + Flag set to true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded. + true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false + The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded. + + + If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in + the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using + . + + + If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified + assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies + will be searched for the type. + + + + + + Generate a new guid + + A new Guid + + + Generate a new guid + + + + + + Create an + + The name of the parameter that caused the exception + The value of the argument that causes this exception + The message that describes the error + the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object + + + Create a new instance of the class + with a specified error message, the parameter name, and the value + of the argument. + + + The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the + type. This method provides an + implementation that works for all platforms. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Parse a string into an value + + the string to parse + out param where the parsed value is placed + true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer + + + Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot + be parsed then this method returns false. The method does not throw an exception. + + + + + + Lookup an application setting + + the application settings key to lookup + the value for the key, or null + + + Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework + + + + + + Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path. + + The path to convert. + The fully qualified path. + + + Converts the path specified to a fully + qualified path. If the path is relative it is + taken as relative from the application base + directory. + + + The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported. + + + + + + Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity. + + A new case-insensitive instance of the class with the default initial capacity + + + The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer. + + + + + + Gets an empty array of types. + + + + The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on + the .NET Compact Framework 1.0. + + + + + + Cache the host name for the current machine + + + + + Cache the application friendly name + + + + + Text to output when a null is encountered. + + + + + Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + + + Start time for the current process. + + + + + Gets the system dependent line terminator. + + + The system dependent line terminator. + + + + Gets the system dependent line terminator. + + + + + + Gets the base directory for this . + + The base directory path for the current . + + + Gets the base directory for this . + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the configuration file for the current . + + The path to the configuration file for the current . + + + The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration + file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for + the configuration file name. + + + The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI. + + + + + + Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . + + The path to the entry assembly. + + + Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current . + + + + + + Gets the ID of the current thread. + + The ID of the current thread. + + + On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method + is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the + operating system ID for the thread. + + + On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the + operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method + GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file + and cannot be called. + + + On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this + gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may + change if the runtime is using fibers. + + + + + + Get the host name or machine name for the current machine + + + The hostname or machine name + + + + Get the host name or machine name for the current machine + + + The host name () or + the machine name (Environment.MachineName) for + the current machine, or if neither of these are available + then NOT AVAILABLE is returned. + + + + + + Get this application's friendly name + + + The friendly name of this application as a string + + + + If available the name of the application is retrieved from + the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName. + + + Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used. + + + + + + Get the start time for the current process. + + + + This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the + AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime + this is not the start time for the current process. + + + The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its + startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for + the actual start time. + + + Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the + same process without the process terminating, however this start time + will be set per AppDomain. + + + + + + Text to output when a null is encountered. + + + + Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while + outputting a string representation of an item. + + + The default value is (null). This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + + Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested. + + + The default value is NOT AVAILABLE. This value can be overridden by specifying + a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's + .config file. + + + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + + + Utility class that represents a format string. + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Initialise the + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + + + Format the string and arguments + + the formatted string + + + + Replaces the format item in a specified with the text equivalent + of the value of a corresponding instance in a specified array. + A specified parameter supplies culture-specific formatting information. + + An that supplies culture-specific formatting information. + A containing zero or more format items. + An array containing zero or more objects to format. + + A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the + equivalent of the corresponding instances of in args. + + + + This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the + exception and arguments are returned in the result string. + + + + + + Process an error during StringFormat + + + + + Dump the contents of an array into a string builder + + + + + Dump an object to a string + + + + + Implementation of Properties collection for the + + + + Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread. + The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own . + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Remove a property + + the key for the entry to remove + + + Remove a property + + + + + + Clear all properties + + + + Clear all properties + + + + + + Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread. + + create the dictionary if it does not exist, otherwise return null if is does not exist + the properties for this thread + + + The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the + caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the + caller must clone the collection before doing so. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + The value for the property with the specified key + + + + Gets or sets the value of a property + + + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + + Implementation of Stack for the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + The stack store. + + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + + + + Clears all the contextual information held in this stack. + Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after + a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly. + You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call + the method of the + returned from even in exceptional circumstances, + for example by using the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + syntax. + + + + + + Removes the top context from this stack. + + The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack. + + + Remove the top context from this stack, and return + it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an + empty string (not ) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message into this stack. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up the context stack. + + + + Pushes a new context onto this stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up this stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message"); + } + + + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + The current context information. + + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + Gets the current context information + + + Gets the current context information for this stack. + + + + + + Get a portable version of this object + + the portable instance of this object + + + Get a cross thread portable version of this object + + + + + + The number of messages in the stack + + + The current number of messages in the stack + + + + The current number of messages in the stack. That is + the number of times has been called + minus the number of times has been called. + + + + + + Gets and sets the internal stack used by this + + The internal storage stack + + + This property is provided only to support backward compatability + of the . Tytpically the internal stack should not + be modified. + + + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack. + + + + + + Constructor + + The message for this context. + The parent context in the chain. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified message and parent context. + + + + + + Get the message. + + The message. + + + Get the message. + + + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + The full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + Gets the full text of the context down to the root level. + + + + + + Struct returned from the method. + + + + This struct implements the and is designed to be used + with the pattern to remove the stack frame at the end of the scope. + + + + + + The ThreadContextStack internal stack + + + + + The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed + + + + + Constructor + + The internal stack used by the ThreadContextStack. + The depth to return the stack to when this object is disposed. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified stack and return depth. + + + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + Returns the stack to the correct depth. + + + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + + + Implementation of Stacks collection for the + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Internal constructor + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + The named stack + + + + Gets the named thread context stack + + + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + + Utility class for transforming strings. + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + Write a string to an + + the writer to write to + the string to write + The string to replace non XML compliant chars with + + + The test is escaped either using XML escape entities + or using CDATA sections. + + + + + + Replace invalid XML characters in text string + + the XML text input string + the string to use in place of invalid characters + A string that does not contain invalid XML characters. + + + Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for + details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets. + + + This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string + with the mask string specified. + + + + + + Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text + + the text to search + the substring to find + the number of times the substring occurs in the text + + + The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself. + + + + + + The log4net Global Context. + + + + The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging + information to be stored. + + + The global context has a properties map and these properties can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputing these properties. + + + By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of + the current machine. + + + + + GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName; + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Private Constructor. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + The global context properties instance + + + + + The global properties map. + + + The global properties map. + + + + The global properties map. + + + + + + The log4net Logical Thread Context. + + + + The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for specific debugging + information to be stored. + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any or + properties with the same name. + + + The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per basis. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Private Constructor. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + The thread context properties instance + + + + + The thread context stacks instance + + + + + The thread properties map + + + The thread properties map + + + + The LogicalThreadContext properties override any + or properties with the same name. + + + + + + The thread stacks + + + stack map + + + + The logical thread stacks. + + + + + + This class is used by client applications to request logger instances. + + + + This class has static methods that are used by a client to request + a logger instance. The method is + used to retrieve a logger. + + + See the interface for more details. + + + Simple example of logging messages + + ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log"); + + log.Info("Application Start"); + log.Debug("This is a debug message"); + + if (log.IsDebugEnabled) + { + log.Debug("This is another debug message"); + } + + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null. + + + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + The logger found, or null if no logger could be found. + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + repository. + + + + + Returns the named logger if it exists. + + + + If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it + returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns + null. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The fully qualified logger name to look for. + + The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified + assembly's repository. + + + + Get the currently defined loggers. + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository. + + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository. + + The repository to lookup in. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + + Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + The root logger is not included in the returned array. + + All the defined loggers. + + + Get or create a logger. + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieves a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The repository to lookup in. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Retrieves or creates a named logger. + + + + Retrieve a logger named as the + parameter. If the named logger already exists, then the + existing instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new instance is + created. + + + By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit + it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of + log4net. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The repository to lookup in. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shorthand for . + + + Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified. + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + The full name of will be used as the name of the logger to retrieve. + The logger with the name specified. + + + + Shuts down the log4net system. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the + default repositories. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + Shutdown a logger repository. + + Shuts down the default repository. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + default repository. + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + + + + Shuts down the repository for the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The repository to shutdown. + + + + Shuts down the repository specified. + + + + Calling this method will safely close and remove all + appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the + repository. The repository is looked up using + the specified. + + + Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists. + Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost. + + + The shutdown method is careful to close nested + appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows + configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger + and again to a nested appender. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Reset the configuration of a repository + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The repository to reset. + + + + Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults. + + + + Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their + defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets + the level of all non-root loggers to null, + sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level + of the root logger to . Moreover, + message disabling is set to its default "off" value. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository to reset. + + + Get the logger repository. + + Returns the default instance. + + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the callers assembly (). + + + The instance for the default repository. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The repository to lookup in. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Get a logger repository. + + Returns the default instance. + + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the callers assembly (). + + + The instance for the default repository. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The repository to lookup in. + + + + Returns the default instance. + + The default instance. + + + Gets the for the repository specified + by the argument. + + + The assembly to use to lookup the repository. + + + Create a domain + + Creates a repository with the specified repository type. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to will return + the same repository instance. + + + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + Create a logger repository. + + Creates a repository with the specified repository type. + + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to will return + the same repository instance. + + + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name. + + + + Creates the default type of which is a + object. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique amongst repositories. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type. + + + + The name must be unique. Repositories cannot be redefined. + An will be thrown if the repository already exists. + + + The name of the repository, this must be unique to the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + The specified repository already exists. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + + + CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain. + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + + Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type. + + + + The created will be associated with the repository + specified such that a call to with the + same assembly specified will return the same repository instance. + + + The assembly to use to get the name of the repository. + A that implements + and has a no arg constructor. An instance of this type will be created to act + as the for the repository specified. + The created for the repository. + + + + Gets the list of currently defined repositories. + + + + Get an array of all the objects that have been created. + + + An array of all the known objects. + + + + Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified. + + The logger to get the wrapper for. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + The loggers to get the wrappers for. + The wrapper objects for the loggers specified. + + + + Create the objects used by + this manager. + + The logger to wrap. + The wrapper for the logger specified. + + + + The wrapper map to use to hold the objects. + + + + + Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + The MDC class is similar to the class except that it is + based on a map instead of a stack. It provides mapped + diagnostic contexts. A Mapped Diagnostic Context, or + MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The MDC is managed on a per thread basis. + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + Gets the context value identified by the parameter. + + The key to lookup in the MDC. + The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + If the parameter does not look up to a + previously defined context then null will be returned. + + + + + + Add an entry to the MDC + + The key to store the value under. + The value to store. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Puts a context value (the parameter) as identified + with the parameter into the current thread's + context map. + + + If a value is already defined for the + specified then the value will be replaced. If the + is specified as null then the key value mapping will be removed. + + + + + + Removes the key value mapping for the key specified. + + The key to remove. + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Clear all entries in the MDC + + + + + The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current MDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Properties. + + + + Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC + + + + + + Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument + to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log + output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple + clients near-simultaneously. + + + Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry + from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs + come into play. + + + Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class + is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the + calling thread. + + + How to push a message into the context + + using(NDC.Push("my context message")) + { + ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ... + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed + + + + Nicko Cadell + Gert Driesen + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread. + + + + + + Creates a clone of the stack of context information. + + A clone of the context info for this thread. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The results of this method can be passed to the + method to allow child threads to inherit the context of their + parent thread. + + + + + + Inherits the contextual information from another thread. + + The context stack to inherit. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This thread will use the context information from the stack + supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with + the same contextual information as their parent threads. These + contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that + are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other. + Call to obtain a stack to pass to + this method. + + + + + + Removes the top context from the stack. + + + The message in the context that was removed from the top + of the stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Remove the top context from the stack, and return + it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an + empty string (not null) is returned. + + + + + + Pushes a new context message. + + The new context message. + + An that can be used to clean up + the context stack. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An + is returned that can be used to clean up the context stack. This + can be easily combined with the using keyword to scope the + context. + + + Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword. + + using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message")) + { + log.Warn("This should have an NDC message"); + } + + + + + + Removes the context information for this thread. It is + not required to call this method. + + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + + The maximum depth of the stack + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + Forces the stack depth to be at most . + This may truncate the head of the stack. This only affects the + stack in the current thread. Also it does not prevent it from + growing, it only sets the maximum depth at the time of the + call. This can be used to return to a known context depth. + + + + + + Gets the current context depth. + + The current context depth. + + + + The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the . + The current NDC implementation forwards to the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"]. + + + + The number of context values pushed onto the context stack. + + + Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then + be restored using the method. + + + + + + + The log4net Thread Context. + + + + The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging + information to be stored. + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + The thread context has a properties map and a stack. + The properties and stack can + be included in the output of log messages. The + supports selecting and outputting these properties. + + + The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread. + This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log + output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved + when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously. + + + The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis. + + + Example of using the thread context properties to store a username. + + ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName; + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'"); + + + Example of how to push a message into the context stack + + using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message")) + { + log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'"); + + } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped + + + + Nicko Cadell + + + + Private Constructor. + + + + Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class. + + + + + + The thread context properties instance + + + + + The thread context stacks instance + + + + + The thread properties map + + + The thread properties map + + + + The ThreadContext properties override any + properties with the same name. + + + + + + The thread stacks + + + stack map + + + + The thread local stacks. + + + + +